WO2021134680A1 - Data transmission method and apparatus - Google Patents

Data transmission method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021134680A1
WO2021134680A1 PCT/CN2019/130917 CN2019130917W WO2021134680A1 WO 2021134680 A1 WO2021134680 A1 WO 2021134680A1 CN 2019130917 W CN2019130917 W CN 2019130917W WO 2021134680 A1 WO2021134680 A1 WO 2021134680A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
data packet
communication device
indication information
resource
data
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/130917
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
黄曲芳
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to CN201980103359.2A priority Critical patent/CN114902637B/en
Priority to PCT/CN2019/130917 priority patent/WO2021134680A1/en
Publication of WO2021134680A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021134680A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L65/00Network arrangements, protocols or services for supporting real-time applications in data packet communication

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of wireless communication technology, and in particular to a data transmission method and device.
  • terminal equipment supports more and more diverse services. For example, terminal equipment can support more and more high-precision voice, high-definition video and other services. The amount of data in these services is very large. Delay requirements are relatively high.
  • the present application provides a data transmission method and device to implement the wrong delivery of data packets, so as to effectively use the data packets already received by the receiving end device to meet the transmission requirements of the business.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a data transmission method, which can be applied to a communication device.
  • the communication device receives a first data packet.
  • the package execution error was submitted.
  • the data packets that have been received by the receiving end device can be effectively used to meet the transmission requirements of the business.
  • the communication device determining that the transmission of the first data packet is incorrect includes: the communication device determines that the CRC check of the first data packet fails; and/or the communication device determines that the decoding of the first data packet fails.
  • the communication device may be a network device or a chip set inside the network device.
  • the method further includes: the communication device sending first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the data carried by the first resource supports error delivery; wherein the first data packet is carried by the first resource.
  • the communication device sending the first indication information includes: the communication device sends an uplink grant, the uplink grant is used to indicate the first resource, and the uplink grant carries the first indication information; or the communication device sends the first configuration information , The first configuration information is used to configure the first resource, and the first configuration information carries the first indication information; or, the communication device sends control information, the control information is used to activate the first resource, and the control information carries the first indication information.
  • the network device can determine whether the transmission supports error delivery by indicating whether the data carried by the first resource supports error delivery, thereby increasing the flexibility of network device control.
  • the method further includes: the communication device receives second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the first data packet supports error delivery.
  • the terminal device can indicate to the network device that the first data packet supports error delivery, that is, the terminal device can determine whether the transmission supports error delivery, so that the network device does not need to indicate the data carried by the resource when allocating resources. Whether to support wrong submission, reduce the processing burden of network equipment.
  • the first data packet and the second indication information are carried in the first resource allocated by the communication device.
  • both the first data packet and the second indication information are carried on the first resource, so that no additional resources are needed to send the second indication information, which can effectively save transmission resources.
  • the communication device may be a terminal device or a chip set inside the terminal device.
  • the first data packet is carried on the second resource; the method further includes: the communication device receives third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the data carried by the second resource supports error delivery.
  • the communication device receiving the third indication information includes: the communication device receives the first control information, the first control information is used to schedule the second resource, and the first control information carries the third indication information; or The device receives the second control information, the second control information is used to activate the second resource, and the second control information carries the third indication information; or, the communication device receives the second configuration information, and the second configuration information is used to configure the second resource.
  • the second configuration information carries third instruction information.
  • the first data packet is carried on the second resource; the method further includes: the communication device receives third control information according to a preset control resource set and/or a preset search space, and the third control information is used for The second resource is scheduled; the data carried by the resource scheduled by the preset control resource set and/or the third control information carried by the preset search space supports error delivery; or the communication device receives the third control information on the physical downlink control channel, The third control information is used for scheduling the second resource; the physical downlink control channel is scrambled by a preset RNTI, and the preset RNTI indicates that the data carried by the resource scheduled by the third control information carried by the physical downlink control channel supports error delivery.
  • the method further includes: the communication device receives third configuration information, and the third configuration information is used to configure the error delivery function for the communication device.
  • the communication device performs error delivery of the first data packet, including: the HARQ entity of the communication device delivers the first data packet and fourth indication information to the demultiplexing entity, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate Transmission error of the first data packet.
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate the decoding accuracy of the first data packet.
  • the upper layer can more clearly understand the decoding situation of the first data packet, so as to perform corresponding operations according to the decoding situation of the first data packet.
  • the HARQ entity of the communication device before the HARQ entity of the communication device submits the first data packet and the fourth indication information to the demultiplexing entity, it further includes at least one of the following: the HARQ entity of the communication device determines the translation of the first data packet The code accuracy rate is greater than the first threshold; the HARQ entity of the communication device determines that the number of retransmissions of the first data packet is greater than the second threshold; the HARQ entity of the communication device determines that the timer corresponding to the first data packet has expired.
  • the method further includes: if the HARQ entity of the communication device receives the retransmitted data packet of the first data packet, submitting the retransmitted data packet to the demultiplexing entity; further, the first data packet It can be a new data packet.
  • the HARQ entity of the communication device before the HARQ entity of the communication device submits the retransmission data packet to the demultiplexing entity, it further includes: the HARQ entity of the communication device determines that the transmission of the retransmission data packet is correct.
  • the method further includes: the HARQ entity of the communication device responds with an ACK for the first data packet feedback confirmation.
  • the communication device performs error delivery of the first data packet, including: the demultiplexing entity of the communication device delivers the first data packet and the fifth instruction information to the RLC layer entity, and the fifth instruction information is used for Indicates the transmission error of the first data packet.
  • the demultiplexing entity of the communication device before the demultiplexing entity of the communication device submits the first data packet to the RLC layer entity, it further includes at least one of the following: the demultiplexing entity of the communication device parses the logic from the first data packet Channel identification; the demultiplexing entity of the communication device parses the first data packet to obtain the logical channel identification, and the logical channels corresponding to the logical channel identification support error delivery; the demultiplexing entity of the communication device determines that it has not submitted to the RLC layer entity The first data packet is passed; the demultiplexing entity of the communication device determines that the decoding accuracy rate of the first data packet is greater than the third threshold.
  • the method further includes: if the demultiplexing entity of the communication device determines that the MAC CE is included in the first data packet, applying the MAC CE.
  • the demultiplexing entity of the communication device before the demultiplexing entity of the communication device performs the behavior indicated by the MAC CE, it further includes at least one of the following: the demultiplexing entity of the communication device parses the first data packet to obtain a logical channel identifier; communication; The demultiplexing entity of the device determines that the first data packet is received for the first time; the demultiplexing entity of the communication device determines that the decoding accuracy of the first data packet is greater than the fourth threshold.
  • the method further includes: if the RLC layer entity of the communication device determines that the first data packet is received for the first time, moving the window of the RLC SN. Similarly, if the PDCP layer entity of the communication device determines that the first data packet is received for the first time, it moves the window of the PDCP SN.
  • the windows of RLC SN and PDCP SN are moved. If the first data packet is not received for the first time, the windows of RLC SN and PDCP SN can not be moved any more, so as to avoid targeting the same The data packet moved the window multiple times and caused an error.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a data transmission method, which can be applied to a communication device.
  • the communication device constructs a first data packet and sends the first data packet; the first data packet supports error delivery .
  • the receiving end device can perform error delivery on the first data packet after receiving the first data packet, so as to effectively use the data packets already received by the receiving end device to satisfy The transmission requirements of the business.
  • the first data packet supports erroneous delivery, including at least one of the following: the service to which the first data packet belongs supports erroneous delivery; the cell that transmits the first data packet supports erroneous delivery; the first data packet includes For data from at least one logical channel, part or all of the at least one logical channel supports error delivery.
  • the communication device may be a terminal device or a chip set inside the terminal device.
  • the method further includes: the communication device receives first indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate that the first resource supports error delivery; the communication device sends the first data packet, including: the communication device is in the first The first data packet is sent on the resource.
  • the communication device receiving the first indication information includes: the communication device receives the uplink grant, the uplink grant is used to indicate the first resource, and the uplink grant carries the first indication information; or, the communication device receives the first configuration information , The first configuration information is used to configure the first resource, and the first configuration information carries the first indication information; or, the communication device receives the control information, the control information is used to activate the first resource, and the control information carries the first indication information.
  • the method further includes: the communication device sends second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the first data packet supports error delivery.
  • the terminal device constructs a data packet, if it is determined that the constructed data packet supports error delivery, it can indicate to the network device that the data packet supports error delivery, that is, the terminal device can determine whether the transmission supports error delivery. Therefore, when the network device allocates resources, there is no need to indicate whether the data carried by the resource supports error delivery, which reduces the processing burden of the network device.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the first data packet supports error delivery when the first data packet meets at least one of the following: the decoding accuracy rate of the first data packet is greater than the first threshold; The number of retransmissions of a data packet is greater than the second threshold; the timer corresponding to the first data packet expires.
  • the communication device sending the first data packet and the second indication information includes: the communication device sending the first data packet and the second indication information on the first resource.
  • the communication device sending the first data packet and the second indication information on the first resource includes: the communication device punctures the first data packet, and sends the punctured data packet on the first resource The first data packet and the second indication information; or, the communication device performs joint coding on the first data packet and the second indication information, and sends the joint coded information on the first resource.
  • the method further includes: the communication device receives second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to indicate whether one or more logical channels support error delivery.
  • the communication device may be a network device or a chip set inside the network device.
  • the first data packet is carried on the second resource; the method further includes: the communication device sends third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the second resource supports error delivery.
  • the communication device is a DU
  • the method further includes: receiving fourth indication information from the CU, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate whether one or more logical channels support error delivery.
  • the communication device sending the first data packet includes: the MAC layer entity of the communication device submits the first data packet and the fifth indication information to the physical layer entity, and the fifth indication information is used to indicate the first data The position of at least one of the SDAP header, PDCP header, RLC header, and MAC header of the packet in the first data packet; the physical layer entity of the communication device sends the first data packet according to the fifth indication information.
  • the MAC layer informs the physical layer of the positions of the SDAP header, PDCP header, RLC header, and MAC header in the first data packet, that is, which bits in the first data packet are more important, so as to facilitate the physical layer to transmit the first data packet At this time, priority is given to ensuring the successful transmission of the bits at the location of the SDAP header, PDCP header, RLC header, and MAC header.
  • the first data packet includes one PDCP SDU or one PDCP SDU fragment.
  • the physical layer can learn the position of the SDAP header, PDCP header, RLC header, and MAC header in the first data packet (such as SDAP header, PDCP header, RLC) Header and MAC header are distributed in the front part of the first data packet), and then when transmitting the first data packet, priority is given to ensuring the successful transmission of the bits at the location of the SDAP header, PDCP header, RLC header, and MAC header.
  • the bits can be transmitted correctly.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, which includes a network device and a core network device; wherein the network device is used to execute the method described in some possible designs in the first aspect or the second aspect. .
  • the core network device is used to send service information of one or more services to the network device; wherein, one or more services include the first service, and the service information of the first service includes at least one of the following Item: Delay budget of the first service; error delivery instruction of the first service, the error delivery instruction of the first service is used to indicate whether the first service supports error delivery; one or more data streams corresponding to the first service The error delivery instruction of the data stream is used to indicate whether the data stream supports error delivery.
  • the present application provides a communication device.
  • the communication device may be a terminal device (or a chip set inside the terminal device) or a network device (or a chip set inside the network device).
  • the communication device has the function of implementing the first aspect or the second aspect.
  • the communication device includes a module or unit or means corresponding to the steps involved in the first or second aspect.
  • the function Or the unit or means can be realized by software, or by hardware, and can also be realized by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the communication device includes a processing unit and a communication unit, where the communication unit can be used to send and receive signals to achieve communication between the communication device and other devices; the processing unit can be used to perform the communication Some internal operations of the device.
  • the functions performed by the processing unit and the communication unit may correspond to the steps involved in the first aspect or the second aspect described above.
  • the communication device includes a processor, and may also include a transceiver.
  • the transceiver is used to send and receive signals, and the processor executes program instructions to complete any of the above-mentioned first or second aspects.
  • the communication device may further include one or more memories, and the memories are used for coupling with the processor.
  • the one or more memories may be integrated with the processor, or may be provided separately from the processor, which is not limited in this application.
  • the memory may store necessary computer programs or instructions for realizing the functions related to the first aspect or the second aspect.
  • the processor can execute the computer program or instruction stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, the communication device realizes any of the possible designs or implementations of the first aspect or the second aspect. method.
  • the communication device includes a processor and a memory, and the memory can store necessary computer programs or instructions for realizing the functions related to the first aspect or the second aspect.
  • the processor can execute the computer program or instruction stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, the communication device realizes any of the possible designs or implementations of the first aspect or the second aspect. method.
  • the communication device includes at least one processor and an interface circuit, where at least one processor is used to communicate with other devices through the interface circuit, and execute any possibility of the first aspect or the second aspect.
  • this application provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores computer-readable instructions.
  • the computer reads and executes the computer-readable instructions, the computer executes the first aspect or Any possible design method of the second aspect.
  • this application provides a computer program product, which when a computer reads and executes the computer program product, causes the computer to execute any one of the possible design methods of the first aspect or the second aspect.
  • the present application provides a chip that includes a processor, and the processor is coupled with a memory, and is configured to read and execute a software program stored in the memory to implement the above-mentioned first aspect or second aspect. Any one of the possible design methods.
  • FIG. 1a is a schematic diagram of a possible system architecture to which an embodiment of this application is applicable;
  • FIG. 1b is a schematic diagram of another network architecture to which the embodiments of this application are applicable;
  • FIG. 1c is a schematic diagram of another network architecture to which an embodiment of this application is applicable.
  • 2a is a schematic diagram of downlink data transmission between various layers provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 2b is a schematic diagram of data transmission between a sending end device and a receiving end device according to an embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 2c is a schematic diagram of the decoding and HARQ feedback flow of the receiving end device according to an embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a flow corresponding to the data transmission method provided in the first embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of incorrect submission of HARQ entities provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a process corresponding to the data transmission method provided in the second embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 6 is a possible exemplary block diagram of a device involved in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of another network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • Terminal device It can be a wireless terminal device that can receive network device scheduling and instruction information.
  • a wireless terminal device can be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to users, or a handheld device with wireless connection function, or Other processing equipment connected to the wireless modem.
  • a terminal device can communicate with one or more core networks or the Internet via a radio access network (e.g., radio access network, RAN).
  • the terminal device can be a mobile terminal device, such as a mobile phone (or called a "cellular" phone, mobile phone). (mobile phone)), computers and data cards, for example, can be portable, pocket-sized, handheld, built-in computer or vehicle-mounted mobile devices, which exchange language and/or data with the wireless access network.
  • Wireless terminal equipment can also be called system, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station (MS), remote station (remote station), access point ( access point (AP), remote terminal equipment (remote terminal), access terminal equipment (access terminal), user terminal equipment (user terminal), user agent (user agent), subscriber station (SS), user terminal equipment (customer premises equipment, CPE), terminal (terminal), user equipment (user equipment, UE), mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT), etc.
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device and a next-generation communication system, for example, a terminal device in a 5G communication system or a terminal device in a public land mobile network (PLMN) that will evolve in the future.
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • Network equipment It can be a device in a wireless network.
  • a network device can be a radio access network (RAN) node (or device) that connects a terminal to the wireless network, and can also be called a base station.
  • RAN equipment are: new generation Node B (gNodeB), transmission reception point (TRP), evolved Node B (evolved Node B, eNB), wireless network in 5G communication system Controller (radio network controller, RNC), node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB), Or home Node B, HNB, baseband unit (BBU), wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) access point (AP), roadside unit (RSU), The access point in the integrated access and backhaul (IAB) system, the control node and the terminal node in the TSN network, etc.
  • gNodeB new generation Node B
  • TRP transmission reception point
  • the network device may include a centralized unit (CU) node, or a distributed unit (DU) node, or a RAN device including a CU node and a DU node.
  • the network device may be another device that provides wireless communication functions for the terminal device.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the network device.
  • a device that provides a wireless communication function for a terminal device is referred to as a network device.
  • the ordinal numbers such as "first" and "second” mentioned in the embodiments of this application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority, or importance of multiple objects. degree.
  • the first terminal device and the second terminal device are only used to distinguish different terminal devices, but do not indicate the difference in priority or importance of the two terminal devices.
  • FIG. 1a is a schematic diagram of a network architecture to which an embodiment of this application is applicable.
  • the terminal device 130 can access a wireless network to obtain services from an external network (such as the Internet) through the wireless network, or communicate with other devices through the wireless network, for example, it can communicate with other terminal devices.
  • the wireless network includes a radio access network (RAN) device 110 and a core network (core network, CN) device 120.
  • the RAN device 110 is used to connect the terminal device 130 to the wireless network
  • the CN device 120 is used to Manage terminal equipment and provide a gateway for communication with the external network.
  • the number of devices in the communication system shown in FIG. 1a is only for illustration, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this. In actual applications, the communication system may also include more terminal devices 130 and more RAN devices. 110, may also include other devices.
  • the CN may include multiple CN devices 120.
  • the CN device 120 may be an access and mobility management function (AMF) entity, session management A function (session management function, SMF) entity or a user plane function (UPF) entity, etc.
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • SMF session management A function
  • UPF user plane function
  • the CN device 120 is an UPF entity as an example.
  • the interface between the terminal device 130 and the RAN device 110 may be called a Uu interface or an air interface
  • the interface between the RAN device 110 and the UPF entity may be called an N3 interface.
  • FIG. 1b is a schematic diagram of another network architecture to which an embodiment of this application is applicable.
  • the network architecture includes CN equipment, RAN equipment, and terminal equipment.
  • the RAN equipment includes a baseband device and a radio frequency device.
  • the baseband device can be implemented by one node or by multiple nodes.
  • the radio frequency device can be implemented remotely from the baseband device, or integrated in the baseband device, or partially pulled.
  • the remote part is integrated in the baseband device.
  • the RAN equipment (eNB) includes a baseband device and a radio frequency device, where the radio frequency device can be arranged remotely relative to the baseband device, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) arranged remotely relative to the BBU .
  • RRU remote radio unit
  • a RAN device may include a CU and a DU, multiple DUs may be centrally controlled by one CU, and the interface between the CU and the DU may be called an F1-U interface.
  • FIG. 1c is a schematic diagram of another network architecture to which an embodiment of this application is applicable.
  • the control plane (CP) and the user plane (UP) of the CU can also be separated and implemented by dividing them into different entities, which are respectively the control plane (CP) CU entity ( That is, the CU-CP entity) and the user plane (UP) CU entity (ie, the CU-UP entity).
  • CP control plane
  • UP user plane
  • the signaling generated by the CU can be sent to the terminal device through the DU, or the signaling generated by the terminal device can be sent to the CU through the DU.
  • the DU may directly pass the protocol layer encapsulation without analyzing the signaling and transparently transmit it to the terminal device or the CU.
  • the sending or receiving of the signaling by the DU includes this scenario.
  • the radio resource control (RRC) layer or the packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer signaling will eventually be processed as physical layer signaling and sent to the terminal device, or received The signaling of the physical layer is transformed.
  • the RRC or PDCP layer signaling can also be considered to be sent by the DU, or sent by the DU and radio frequency load.
  • the network architecture shown in Figure 1a, Figure 1b, or Figure 1c can be applied to various radio access technology (RAT) communication systems, such as 5G (or called new radio (NR)). ))
  • RAT radio access technology
  • NR new radio
  • the communication system can also be a future communication system.
  • the network architecture and business scenarios described in the embodiments of this application are intended to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of this application. Those of ordinary skill in the art will know that with communication With the evolution of the network architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are equally applicable to similar technical problems.
  • the devices in the following embodiments of the present application may be located in terminal equipment or network equipment according to their realized functions.
  • the network device may be a CU, or DU, or a RAN device including CU and DU.
  • the communication between the network device and the terminal device can follow a certain protocol layer structure.
  • the control plane protocol layer structure can include the RRC layer, the PDCP layer, and the wireless link. Functions of protocol layers such as radio link control (RLC) layer, media access control (MAC) layer, and physical layer (PHY); user plane protocol layer structure can include PDCP layer and RLC layer , MAC layer, physical layer and other protocol layer functions; in a possible implementation, the PDCP layer may also include a service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) layer.
  • SDAP service data adaptation protocol
  • a network device may implement the functions of protocol layers such as RRC, PDCP, RLC, and MAC by one node, or may implement the functions of these protocol layers by multiple nodes.
  • the network equipment includes CU and DU
  • CU and DU can be divided according to the protocol layer of the wireless network.
  • the functions of the PDCP layer and the above protocol layers are set in the CU, and the protocol layers below PDCP, such as the RLC layer and the MAC layer, etc.
  • the function is set in DU.
  • This type of protocol layer division is just an example, it can also be divided in other protocol layers, for example, in the RLC layer, the functions of the RLC layer and above protocol layers are set in the CU, and the functions of the protocol layers below the RLC layer are set in the DU; Or, in a certain protocol layer, for example, part of the functions of the RLC layer and the functions of the protocol layer above the RLC layer are set in the CU, and the remaining functions of the RLC layer and the functions of the protocol layer below the RLC layer are set in the DU. In addition, it can also be divided in other ways, for example, by time delay. The functions that need to meet the time delay requirements for processing time are set in the DU, and the functions that do not need to meet the delay requirements are set in the CU.
  • FIG. 2a shows a schematic diagram of downlink data transmission between layers.
  • the downward arrow indicates data transmission
  • the upward arrow indicates data reception.
  • the PDCP layer After the PDCP layer obtains data from the upper layer, it transmits the data to the RLC layer and the MAC layer, and then the MAC layer generates a transport block (TB), and then performs wireless transmission through the physical layer. Data is encapsulated correspondingly in each layer.
  • the data received by a certain layer from the upper layer of the layer is regarded as the service data unit (SDU) of the layer, and after layer encapsulation, it becomes a PDU, and then is passed to the lower layer.
  • SDU service data unit
  • the data received by the PDCP layer from the upper layer is called PDCP SDU
  • the data sent by the PDCP layer to the lower layer is called PDCP PDU
  • the data received by the RLC layer from the upper layer is called RLC SDU
  • the data sent by the RLC layer to the lower layer is called RLC PDU.
  • the data received by the MAC layer from the upper layer is called MAC SDU
  • the data sent by the MAC layer to the lower layer is called MAC PDU
  • MAC PDU can also be called a transport block.
  • the connections between layers are mostly corresponded in the way of channels.
  • the RLC layer and the MAC layer correspond to each other through a logical channel (LCH), and the MAC layer and the physical layer correspond to each other through a transport channel.
  • LCH logical channel
  • the MAC layer and the physical layer correspond to each other through a transport channel.
  • a physical channel which is used to correspond to the other end. The physical layer.
  • the terminal device also has an application layer and a non-access layer; where the application layer can be used to provide services to applications installed in the terminal device, for example, the terminal device receives Downlink data can be sequentially transmitted from the physical layer to the application layer, and then provided to the application by the application layer; for example, the application layer can obtain data generated by the application (such as the video recorded by the user using the application, etc.), and transmit the data in turn To the physical layer, send to other communication devices.
  • the non-access layer can be used to forward user data, such as forwarding uplink data received from the application layer to the SDAP layer or forwarding downlink data received from the SDAP layer to the application layer.
  • the MAC layer may include one or more sub-function entities or modules, such as multiplexing or demultiplexing entities, hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) entities, encoding or decoding entities.
  • the physical layer may also include one or more sub-functional entities or modules, such as a cyclic redundancy check (cyclic redundancy check, CRC) check module.
  • cyclic redundancy check cyclic redundancy check, CRC
  • the MAC layer may include multiplexing entities, HARQ entities, and coding entities.
  • the multiplexing entity can be used to multiplex the RLC PDU received from the RLC layer to obtain the MAC PDU, and submit it to the HARQ entity; one RLC layer entity corresponds to one logical channel, and the RLC PDU can also be called MAC SDU.
  • the multiplexing entity can segment the RLC PDU received from logical channel 1, for example, into two RLC PDU segments, RLC PDU segment 1 and RLC PDU segment 2, and then according to RLC PDU segment 1.
  • the multiplexing entity can concatenate RLC PDU1 received from logical channel 1 and RLC PDU2 received from logical channel 2, and then obtain a MAC PDU according to the concatenated RLC PDU1 and RLC PDU2; different
  • the RLC PDU of the logical channel can be distinguished by the logical channel identifier (LCH ID) in the MAC PDU header.
  • LCH ID logical channel identifier
  • the HARQ entity may submit the MAC PDU received from the multiplexing entity to the encoding entity, and then the encoding entity may perform encoding, and then transmit the encoded MAC PDU to the physical layer.
  • the CRC check module in the physical layer performs CRC check processing on the MAC PDU received from the MAC layer, and transmits it to the receiving end device.
  • the CRC check module in the physical layer can perform CRC check on the data. If the check passes, the data can be submitted to the MAC layer.
  • the MAC layer can include a demultiplexing entity, HARQ entity, and decoding entity.
  • the decoding entity in the MAC layer can decode the MAC PDU. If the decoding is correct, it can The MAC PDU is delivered to the HARQ entity, and then the HARQ entity is delivered to the demultiplexing entity, and the HARQ entity can also send HARQ feedback information. Further, after receiving the MAC PDU, the demultiplexing entity can demultiplex to obtain the MAC SDU, and submit it to the RLC layer through the corresponding logical channel.
  • Figure 2c is a schematic diagram of a possible flow of decoding and HARQ feedback for the receiving end device.
  • the flow can include three parts. The first part is for the decoding entity to perform the decoding operation, and the second part is for the decoding entity to perform the decoding operation. Submitted to the HARQ entity, the third part is the HARQ entity sending HARQ feedback information.
  • step 201 it is determined whether the received data is newly transmitted data, if it is newly transmitted data, step 202 is executed, and if it is not newly transmitted data (for example, retransmitted data), step 203 is executed.
  • step 202 the data is decoded, and step 205 is executed.
  • step 203 it is judged whether the decoding has not been successful. If the decoding has not been successful, then step 204 is executed. If the decoding has been successful, the decoding may not be performed.
  • step 204 the data and the previous data are combined and decoded, and step 205 is executed.
  • step 205 it is determined whether the decoding is successful, if the decoding fails, step 206 is executed, and if the decoding succeeds, step 207 is executed.
  • step 206 it is determined whether the decoding has ever been successful, if yes, then step 208 is executed, and if not, step 207 is executed.
  • step 207 the data stored in the HARQ buffer is updated, and step 211 is executed.
  • step 208 it is determined whether it is broadcast data, if it is, then step 210 is executed, and if not, step 209 is executed.
  • step 209 it is determined whether it is the first successful decoding, if it is, then step 210 is performed, and if not, step 211 is performed.
  • step 210 the decoding result is delivered to the upper layer (that is, the demultiplexing entity in FIG. 2b), and step 211 is executed.
  • step 211 it is determined whether the feedback condition is met, if so, step 213 is executed, and if not, step 212 is executed.
  • the non-compliance with the feedback condition may refer to at least one of the following: (1) The data is a physical downlink control channel (physical downlink) scrambled by a temporary cell-radio network temporary identifier (TC-RNTI). control channel, PDCCH) scheduled data; (2) the data is broadcast data; (3) the timing advance is invalid.
  • TC-RNTI temporary cell-radio network temporary identifier
  • the TC-RNTI may be a temporary identifier allocated by the network device to the terminal device.
  • the data is broadcast data, which can be understood as the data sent by broadcast.
  • the network device can send a timing advance command to the terminal device. For example, the network device can estimate the timing advance of the terminal device according to the random access preamble sent by the terminal device, and then send the timing advance command to the terminal device; accordingly; The terminal device can obtain the timing advance according to the timing advance command.
  • the network device After the network device sends a timing advance command to the terminal device, it will start a timing advance timer (time advance timer, TA timer), and the terminal device will also turn on the same TA timer after getting the timing advance, and both the network device and the terminal device maintain TA timer can determine whether the timing advance is valid according to whether the TA timer has timed out. If the TA timer does not expire, the timing advance is considered valid, otherwise, the timing advance is considered invalid.
  • TA timer time advance timer
  • Step 212 The HARQ entity does not notify the physical layer to send HARQ feedback information.
  • Step 213 The HARQ entity notifies the physical layer to send HARQ feedback information.
  • the transmitted data can be monitored by means of encoding and decoding, CRC check, etc.
  • the sending end device can multiplex one or more service data into the same transmission block, process the HARQ process, perform encoding, add CRC check, and then send it to the receiving end device.
  • the receiver can perform CRC check, and decode after the CRC check is successful. If the decoding is successful, the data transmission is correct, and the data can be submitted to the upper layer; if the CRC check fails or decodes Failure means that the data is transmitted incorrectly, and the data is not delivered to the upper layer.
  • the receiving end device can deliver the data block to the upper layer only when it is determined that the data transmission is correct, which can effectively meet the requirements of services with higher fault tolerance.
  • the data packet can be considered to continue to be submitted to the upper layer.
  • the application layer may still be unable to completely decode correctly due to the data packet transmission error, some mosaic phenomena may appear in the video.
  • the received data packet can be effectively used, and the user experience can also be improved.
  • it can be considered to submit to the upper layer after the data packet transmission error, that is, perform error delivery .
  • the high delay requirement can be understood as if the data packet arrives within a certain time, it is useful to the receiving device, otherwise it is useless;
  • the low requirement for fault tolerance can be understood as the data that has an error in the transmission process Packets are also useful to the receiving device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission method for implementing the wrong delivery of data packets, so as to effectively use the data packets that the receiving end device has received to meet the transmission requirements of the service.
  • the data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application may involve the interaction between two communication devices.
  • the two communication devices are, for example, a first communication device and a second communication device.
  • the first communication device may be the sender device, and the second communication device may be The communication device is a receiving device; or, the second communication device may be a sending device, and the first communication device is a receiving device.
  • the first communication device may be a network device or a communication device capable of supporting the network device to implement the functions required by the method, and of course, it may also be another communication device, such as a chip or a chip system.
  • the second communication device may be a terminal device or a communication device capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the functions required by the method, and of course it may also be another communication device, such as a chip or a chip system.
  • the method is executed by a network device and a terminal device as an example, that is, an example is that the first communication device is a network device and the second communication device is a terminal device.
  • the communication between the terminal device and the network device may include uplink communication and downlink communication.
  • the terminal device can form a data packet that supports error delivery and sends the data packet to the network device. If the data packet is transmitted incorrectly, the network device can perform error delivery.
  • the network device can form a data packet that supports error delivery and sends the data packet to the terminal device. If the data packet is transmitted incorrectly, the terminal device can perform error delivery.
  • uplink communication and downlink communication will be described in detail below in conjunction with Embodiment 1 and Embodiment 2 respectively.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device may also be other possible devices, for example, the first communication device is the first terminal device, and the second communication device is the first communication device.
  • Two terminal devices In this case, the first terminal device can form a data packet that supports error delivery, and sends the data packet to the second terminal device. If the data packet is transmitted incorrectly, the second terminal device can perform error delivery; Alternatively, the second terminal device may construct a data packet, which supports error delivery, and sends the data packet to the first terminal device. If the data packet is transmitted incorrectly, the first terminal device may perform error delivery.
  • the communication between the network device and the terminal device can be through a licensed spectrum (licensed spectrum), or through an unlicensed spectrum (unlicensed spectrum)
  • a licensed spectrum licensed spectrum
  • an unlicensed spectrum unlicensed spectrum
  • the network equipment and terminal equipment can communicate through the frequency spectrum less than 6 gigahertz (gigahertz, GHz), or communicate through the frequency spectrum greater than or equal to 6GHz, and can also use the frequency spectrum less than 6GHz and greater than or equal to 6GHz at the same time Of the spectrum for communication. That is, this application is applicable to both low-frequency scenes (for example, sub 6G) and high-frequency scenes (greater than or equal to 6G).
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the spectrum resource used between the network device and the terminal device.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the process corresponding to the data transmission method provided in Embodiment 1 of the application, as shown in FIG. 3, including:
  • Step 301 The network device sends configuration information 1 to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the configuration information 1 from the network device.
  • the configuration information 1 may be used to configure at least one of the following: whether one or more services supported by the terminal device support errors; whether one or more cells support error delivery; whether one or more logical channels support error delivery.
  • the terminal device can support one or more services, and different services may have different requirements. For example, some services require that data packets must be transmitted correctly at the receiver before being submitted, while some services can tolerate incorrect submission. Therefore, the configuration information 1 can be used to configure whether one or more services support error delivery. For example, configuration information 1 is used to configure business A to support error delivery, and business B does not support error delivery.
  • configuration information 1 can be configured by configuring whether the logical channels corresponding to one or more services support error delivery. Or whether multiple services support error submission.
  • service A corresponds to logical channel 1
  • service B corresponds to logical channel 2
  • configuration information 1 can configure logical channel 1 to support error delivery
  • logical channel 2 does not support error delivery
  • the terminal device can according to whether the logical channel corresponding to the service supports error delivery
  • the logical channel 1 corresponding to business A supports error delivery, and then business A supports error delivery; the logical channel 2 corresponding to business B does not support error delivery, and business B does not support error delivery.
  • the network device receives service information of one or more services from the core network device; taking service A as an example, the service information of service A includes at least one of the following: the delay budget of service A, Error delivery instructions, where the error delivery instructions are used to indicate whether business A instructs wrong delivery. If the business information of service A includes an error delivery instruction, the network equipment can determine whether business A indicates an error delivery according to the error delivery instruction; if the business information of business A includes the delay budget of business A, the network equipment can determine whether business A has a delay budget according to the time of business A. Delay the budget to determine whether Business A supports wrong submission.
  • configuration information 1 can also be used to configure whether one or more cells support error delivery.
  • configuration information 1 is configured with business A to support error delivery, business B does not support error delivery, and cell 1 is also configured to support error delivery, business A supports error delivery in cell 1, and business B does not support error delivery in cell 1. Incorrect submission.
  • configuration information 1 is configured with business A to support error delivery, business B does not support error delivery, and cell 1 does not support error delivery, then business A does not support error delivery in cell 1, and business B does not support error delivery in cell 1. Incorrect submission.
  • the terminal device can support one or more services, and the data of each service can be mapped to one or more data flows. For the same service, some data flows may support error delivery, and some data flows may not Support wrong submission.
  • configuration information 1 can be used to configure whether one or more data streams support error delivery. Further, because there is a correspondence between data streams and logical channels, it can also be understood that configuration information 1 is used to configure one Or whether multiple logical channels support error delivery. For example, the data of service A can be mapped to data stream A1 and data stream A2, data stream A1 supports error delivery, data stream A2 does not support error delivery, data stream A1 corresponds to logical channel 1, and data stream A2 corresponds to logical channel 2.
  • configuration information 1 can configure logical channel 1 to support error delivery, and logical channel 2 does not support error delivery.
  • data packets in service B can be mapped to data stream B3 and data stream B4. Both data stream B3 and data stream B4 do not support error delivery.
  • Data stream B3 and data stream B4 can correspond to the same logical channel, such as logical Channel 3.
  • configuration information 1 can configure logical channel 3 to not support error delivery.
  • the network device receives service information of one or more services from the core network device; taking service A as an example, the service information of service A includes one or more data streams corresponding to service A (for example, the error delivery instructions of the data stream A1 and the data stream A2), for example, the error delivery instructions of the data stream A1 are used to indicate whether the data stream A1 supports error delivery.
  • business A or business B can be understood as a business of the same business type, or can also be understood as a certain business, which is not specifically limited.
  • Step 303 The terminal device constructs a first data packet, and the first data packet supports error delivery.
  • the formation of the first data packet by the terminal device can be understood as that the multiplexing entity in the MAC layer of the terminal device multiplexes data received from at least one logical channel to obtain the first data packet.
  • the terminal device can construct a data packet (such as the first data packet) according to the configuration information 1.
  • the terminal device can be based on at least one of whether the service supports error delivery, whether the cell supports error delivery, and whether the logical channel supports error delivery. Items to form a data package.
  • the terminal device when the configuration information 1 is the configuration information 1 described in the above example 2, when the terminal device is forming a data packet, if the serving cell of the terminal device (can also be understood as the cell that transmits the data packet formed by the terminal device) ) To support error delivery, the terminal device can try to compose data in at least one logical channel that supports error delivery into the same data packet, and try to compose data in at least one logical channel that does not support error delivery into the same data packet ; In other words, the terminal device can try not to combine the data of the logical channel that supports erroneous delivery and the data of the logical channel that does not support erroneous delivery into the same data packet.
  • the first data packet supports error delivery, which may include at least one of the following: the service to which the first data packet belongs supports error delivery; the cell that transmits the first data packet supports error delivery; at least one part of the logical channel or All support wrong submission.
  • the business to which the first data packet belongs is business A, and if business A supports error delivery, the first data packet supports error delivery.
  • the service to which the first data packet belongs is service A, and if service A supports erroneous delivery, and the cell that transmits the first data packet supports erroneous delivery, the first data packet supports erroneous delivery.
  • the first data packet includes data from at least one logical channel, and if at least one logical channel supports error delivery, the first data packet supports error delivery.
  • the first data packet includes data from at least one logical channel, and if part of the logical channels of the at least one logical channel supports error delivery, the first data packet supports error delivery.
  • the first data packet includes data from at least one logical channel. If part of the logical channels of the at least one logical channel does not support error delivery, the first data packet may not support error delivery.
  • Step 304 The terminal device sends the first data packet to the network device.
  • the network device receives the first data packet from the terminal device.
  • the MAC layer of the terminal device can record the positions of the SDAP header, PDCP header, RLC header, and MAC header in the first data packet, and notify the physical layer, for example, the MAC layer can submit to the physical layer The first data packet and the indication information a.
  • the indication information a is used to indicate the positions of the SDAP header, the PDCP header, the RLC header, and the MAC header in the first data packet.
  • the physical layer can prioritize the successful transmission of the bits at the location of the SDAP header, PDCP header, RLC header, and MAC header when transmitting the first data packet.
  • the MAC layer informs the physical layer of the positions of the SDAP header, PDCP header, RLC header, and MAC header in the first data packet. It can be understood that the MAC layer informs or tells the physical layer which bits are more important in the first data packet. What is described here is that the MAC layer notifies the physical layer.
  • the network device may also pre-configure the rule and send the rule to the terminal device. Among them, this rule can be used to characterize which bits in data packets of different sizes are more important. For example, if the size of the data packet is A, the first X1 bits in the data packet are more important. If the size of the data packet is B, then The first X2 bits in the data packet are more important.
  • the terminal device can infer which bits are more important for a data packet of each size, and then can construct a data packet according to this rule.
  • the subsequent network device receives the data packet from the terminal device, and before decoding the data packet, it can determine which bits in the data packet are more important according to the rules and the size of the data packet, so as to give priority to ensuring the successful decoding of the more important bits.
  • the terminal device determines that the first data packet to be transmitted needs to perform error delivery (for example, the network device schedules the first resource to the terminal device and instructs the first resource to support error delivery, the terminal device will be set up in the first resource In this case, the terminal device can determine that the first data packet to be transmitted needs to perform error delivery), then when constructing the first transmission packet, it can be constructed in a segmented manner, and then the first transmission packet
  • a data packet may include a PDCP SDU or a PDCP SDU segment; or it may be described as the first data packet may include an RLC SDU or an RLC SDU segment; or it may be described as the first data packet may include a MAC SDU or a MAC SDU fragment.
  • the physical layer can learn the position of the SDAP header, PDCP header, RLC header, and MAC header in the first data packet (such as SDAP header, PDCP header, RLC) Header and MAC header are distributed in the front part of the first data packet), and then when transmitting the first data packet, priority is given to ensuring the successful transmission of the bits at the location of the SDAP header, PDCP header, RLC header, and MAC header.
  • the bits can be transmitted correctly.
  • the indication information a to indicate the positions of the SDAP header, the PDCP header, the RLC header, and the MAC header in the first data packet.
  • the first data packet sent by the terminal device to the network device may be scheduling-based data transmission, or may also be scheduling-free (grant free, GF) data transmission.
  • the scheduling-free permission may also be referred to as configured grant (CG).
  • the network device can send an uplink (UL) grant to the terminal device.
  • the uplink grant is used to indicate the first resource. Accordingly, after the terminal device receives the uplink grant, it can The first data packet is sent on the resource.
  • PUCCH physical uplink control channel
  • the network device may pre-configure periodic resources, and when the terminal device needs to send the first data packet, it may send the first data packet through the pre-configured first resource.
  • Network equipment pre-configured periodic resources can be divided into two types. Type 1 (Type 1) means that the network equipment configures the period and start offset and indicates the specific resource location through configuration information 2, unless the terminal device receives Release the command, otherwise it can be considered that the resource appears periodically.
  • Type 2 means that the network device configures the period and start offset through configuration information 3, and then activates and instructs specific information through downlink control information (DCI) (referred to as DCI-1 for ease of description)
  • DCI downlink control information
  • For resources such as indicating the time domain location and frequency domain location of the resource, unless the terminal device receives a deactivation command, it can be considered that the resource indicated by DCI-1 appears periodically.
  • step 303 to step 305 Some possible implementation manners of step 303 to step 305 are described below.
  • the network device may indicate to the terminal device whether the data carried by the first resource supports error delivery.
  • the terminal device determines that the data carried by the first resource supports erroneous delivery, it can construct a first data packet that supports erroneous delivery (step 303), and carry the first data packet to the first resource And send it to the network device (step 304).
  • the network device may receive the first data packet on the first resource (step 305).
  • the network device determines whether the transmission supports error delivery by indicating whether the data carried by the first resource supports error delivery, thereby increasing the flexibility of network device control.
  • the terminal device determines that the data carried by the first resource does not support erroneous delivery, it can also construct a data packet that does not support erroneous delivery, and carry the data packet on the first resource. Send to the network device.
  • the data carried by the first resource supports incorrect delivery as an example for description.
  • the network device may indicate to the terminal device whether the data carried by the first resource supports error delivery. For example, (1) If the first resource is allocated by the network device to the terminal device through an uplink authorization, in an example, the uplink authorization may carry indication information 1, which may include 1 bit; for example, the 1 bit The value of is 1, which means that the data carried by the first resource supports erroneous delivery; the value of this 1 bit is 0, which means that the data carried by the first resource does not support erroneous delivery.
  • indication information 1 is carried in the uplink authorization, it means that the data carried by the first resource supports erroneous delivery, and if the indication information 1 is not carried in the uplink authorization, it means that the data carried by the first resource does not support erroneous delivery.
  • indication information 1 is carried in the uplink authorization, it means that the data carried by the first resource does not support erroneous delivery, and if the indication information 1 is not carried in the uplink authorization, it means that the data carried by the first resource supports erroneous delivery.
  • the configuration information 2 may carry indication information 1, and the indication information 1 may include 1 bit; for example, the 1 The value of the bit is 1, which means that the data carried by the first resource supports erroneous delivery; the value of this 1 bit is 0, which means that the data carried by the first resource does not support erroneous delivery.
  • the configuration information 2 carries indication information 1, it means that the data carried by the first resource supports error delivery, and the configuration information 2 does not carry indication information 1, which means that the data carried by the first resource does not support error delivery. .
  • the configuration information 2 carries the indication information 1, it means that the data carried by the first resource does not support erroneous delivery, and the configuration information 2 does not carry the indication information 1, which means that the data carried by the first resource supports erroneous delivery.
  • configuration information 2 can be used to configure one set of resources or multiple sets of resources. For example, configuration information 2 configures period 1, start offset 1, resource 1, and period 2, start offset 2, resource 2. Then the resource 1 that periodically appears according to the period 1 and the start offset 1 can be understood as a set of resources, and the resource 2 that appears periodically according to the period 2 and the start offset 2 can be understood as another set of resources.
  • configuration information 2 When configuration information 2 is used to configure multiple sets of resources, you can uniformly configure whether the data carried by multiple sets of resources support error delivery, that is, all data carried by multiple sets of resources can support error delivery, or none of them support error delivery; for example, configuration information 2 Carrying indication information 1 indicates that the data carried by multiple sets of resources supports error delivery, and configuration information 2 does not carry the indication information 1, indicating that none of the data carried by multiple sets of resources supports error delivery. Alternatively, it is also possible to individually configure whether the data carried by each set of resources supports error delivery.
  • configuration information 2 configures two sets of resources, the first set of resources and the second set of resources, then configuration information 2 carries indication information 1a, then It means that the data carried by the first set of resources supports error delivery, and the configuration information 2 does not carry the instruction information 1a, which means that the data carried by the first set of resources does not support error delivery; the configuration information 2 carries the instruction information 1b, which means the second set The data carried by the resource supports error delivery, and the configuration information 2 does not carry the instruction information 1b, which means that the data carried by the second set of resources does not support error delivery.
  • DCI-1 may carry indication information 1, and indication information 1 may include 1 bit; for example, the 1 The value of the bit is 1, which means that the data carried by the first resource supports erroneous delivery; the value of this 1 bit is 0, which means that the data carried by the first resource does not support erroneous delivery.
  • DCI-1 carries indication information 1, it means that the data carried by the first resource supports erroneous delivery, and DCI-1 does not carry indication information 1, which means that the data carried by the first resource does not support erroneous delivery.
  • the indication information 1 is carried in the DCI-1, it means that the data carried by the first resource does not support erroneous delivery, and if the indication information 1 is not carried in the DCI-1, it means that the data carried by the first resource supports erroneous delivery.
  • the terminal device constructs the first data packet that supports error delivery (step 303), can carry the first data packet on the first resource and send it to the network device, and can also indicate to the network device whether the first data packet supports error delivery (step 304) ). Furthermore, the network device may receive the first data packet on the first resource (step 305).
  • the terminal device constructs a data packet, if it is determined that the constructed data packet supports error delivery, it can indicate to the network device that the data packet supports error delivery, that is, the terminal device can determine whether the transmission supports error delivery Therefore, when the network device allocates resources, it does not need to indicate whether the data carried by the resource supports error delivery, which reduces the processing burden of the network device.
  • the terminal device can indicate to the network device whether the first data packet supports error delivery.
  • the terminal device can indicate whether the first data packet supports error delivery through indication information 2.
  • the indication information 2 can be uplink control information (uplink control information, UCI).
  • the terminal device may send instruction information 2 to the network device, and the instruction information 2 may include 1 bit; for example, if the value of the 1 bit is 1, it means that the first data packet supports error delivery; The value of the bit is 0, which means that the first data packet does not support error delivery.
  • the terminal device sends instruction information 2 to the network device, it indicates that the first data packet supports error delivery, and if it does not send instruction information 2 to the network device, it indicates that the first data packet does not support error delivery.
  • the terminal device can send the instruction information 2 to the network device in many ways.
  • the terminal device can send the instruction information 2 to the network device on the first resource, that is, the first data packet and the instruction information 2 can be in the first resource.
  • Joint transmission on a resource The first data packet and the instruction information 2 are jointly transmitted on the first resource, which can be understood as: (1)
  • the first data packet and the instruction information 2 can be jointly transmitted on the first resource by puncture.
  • Independent coding for example, the terminal device can puncture the first data packet, and then transmit the punctured first data packet and the instruction information 2 on the first resource.
  • the terminal device may joint coding the first data packet and the indication information 2, and send the joint coding information on the first resource.
  • the indication information 2 described in the above two examples can be used to indicate whether error submission is supported; when the method of joint coding is adopted, the description in the first example can be adopted.
  • Step 306 The network device determines that the transmission of the first data packet is incorrect.
  • determining that the first data packet is incorrectly transmitted by the network device may include: the network device determines that the CRC check of the first data packet fails, and/or the network device determines that the decoding of the first data packet fails.
  • the physical layer of the network device can perform a CRC check after receiving the first data packet, regardless of whether the CRC check passes or not. , Can be submitted to the MAC layer, and further, can also indicate to the MAC layer whether the CRC check is passed.
  • the decoding entity of the MAC layer decodes the first data packet (wherein, whether the CRC check is passed can be used as an input parameter when the decoding entity is decoded), if the decoding fails (the CRC check may be Pass or fail), it is determined that the transmission of the first data packet is incorrect; if the CRC check is passed and the decoding is successful, it can be determined that the transmission of the first data packet is correct.
  • the physical layer of the network device may not perform CRC check after receiving the first data packet and submit it to The MAC layer (in this case can no longer indicate whether the CRC check is passed), the decoding entity of the MAC layer performs decoding. If the decoding fails, it is determined that the first data packet is transmitted incorrectly; if the decoding is successful, it can be Make sure that the first data packet is transmitted correctly. In this way, when the first data packet supports erroneous delivery, the CRC check of the first data packet can no longer be performed, which can effectively save the processing burden.
  • Step 307 The network device performs error delivery on the first data packet.
  • the error delivery of the first data packet by the network device may include at least one of the following: (1) the HARQ entity of the network device performs error delivery of the first data packet; (2) the demultiplexing entity of the network device performs the error delivery of the first data packet; A data packet performs error delivery; (3) the RLC layer entity of the network device performs error delivery for the first data packet; (4) the PDCP layer entity of the network device performs error delivery for the first data packet. Understandably, the error delivery of the first data packet by the network device may also include other layer entities executing error delivery of the first data packet, for example, the SDAP layer entity executing error delivery of the first data packet. Exemplarily, when each entity described above performs error delivery of the first data packet, it can notify the upper layer of the transmission error of the first data packet.
  • the HARQ entity performs incorrect delivery of the first data packet
  • the HARQ entity may submit the first data packet and the indication information 3 to the demultiplexing entity, and the indication information 3 is used to indicate a transmission error of the first data packet.
  • the indication information 3 is used to indicate the decoding accuracy rate of the first data packet, for example, the decoding accuracy rate is 30% or 50%.
  • the HARQ entity may submit the first data packet and the instruction information 3 to the demultiplexing entity after determining that it meets at least one of the following 123.
  • 1 the decoding accuracy rate of the first data packet is greater than the first threshold
  • 2 the number of retransmissions of the first data packet is greater than the second threshold
  • the duration of the first threshold, the second threshold, and the timer may be specified by the protocol; or, may also be determined by the network device. Further, the network device may also set the first threshold, the second threshold, and the The duration of the timer is sent to the terminal device.
  • the first threshold may be 80%. After the terminal device receives data packet 1 (data packet 1 is newly transmitted data), if it is determined that the decoding accuracy rate reaches 20% (less than the first threshold), it may not The demultiplexing entity submits and updates the data in the HARQ buffer to data packet 1. After receiving data packet 2 (data packet 2 is the first retransmitted data packet), it stores data packet 2 and HARQ buffer If the decoding accuracy reaches 50% (less than the first threshold), the data in the HARQ buffer may not be submitted to the demultiplexing entity, and the data in the HARQ buffer shall be updated to the combined result of data packet 2 and data packet 1.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device receives data packet 3 (data packet 2 is the second retransmitted data packet), it combines and decodes data packet 3 and the data in the HARQ buffer. If the decoding accuracy reaches 90%, it exceeds the first Threshold (80%), the decoding result and indication information 3 can be delivered to the demultiplexing entity, and the indication information 3 indicates that the decoding accuracy of the data packet 3 is 90%.
  • the second threshold is 1, and after the terminal device receives data packet 1 (data packet 1 is new data), if it is determined that the decoding has failed, it may not submit to the demultiplexing entity and store it in the HARQ buffer The data of is updated to data packet 1.
  • After receiving data packet 2 (data packet 2 is the first retransmitted data packet), it combines data packet 2 with the data in the HARQ buffer for decoding. If the decoding fails, It is not necessary to submit to the demultiplexing entity, and update the data in the HARQ buffer to the combined result of data packet 2 and data packet 1.
  • the terminal device receives data packet 3 (data packet 3 is the second retransmitted data packet After ), the data packet 3 and the data in the HARQ buffer are combined and decoded. If the decoding still fails, but because the number of retransmissions is 2, which is greater than the second threshold, the decoding result and instruction information can be submitted to the demultiplexing entity 3.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device receives data packet 1 (data packet 1 is newly transmitted data), it starts a timer. If it is determined that the decoding has failed, it may not submit to the demultiplexing entity, and the data in the HARQ buffer Update to data packet 1. After receiving data packet 2 (data packet 2 is the data packet retransmitted for the first time), the terminal device combines data packet 2 with the data in the HARQ buffer to decode, and the decoding fails. If the timer If it has not timed out, it is not necessary to submit to the demultiplexing entity, and update the data in the HARQ buffer to the combined result of data packet 2 and data packet 1.
  • the terminal device receives data packet 3 (data packet 3 is the second retransmission After the data packet), the data packet 3 and the data in the HARQ buffer are combined and decoded, and the decoding still fails. If the timer expires, the decoding result and instruction information 3 can be delivered to the demultiplexing entity.
  • the HARQ entity submits the incorrectly transmitted data packet (such as the first data packet) to the demultiplexing entity, if it receives the retransmitted data packet of the first data packet, it can no longer Submit the retransmission data packet to the demultiplexing entity, as shown in (a) or (b) in FIG. 4.
  • the retransmitted data packet may not meet the service delay requirement, and there is no need to submit the retransmitted data packet to the demultiplexing entity to save upper layer processing burden.
  • the HARQ entity after the HARQ entity submits the wrongly transmitted data packet (such as the first data packet) to the demultiplexing entity, after the HARQ entity receives the retransmitted data packet of the first data packet, if it is determined that the transmission is correct, it can send to the demultiplexing entity The entity is used to submit the retransmitted data packet. If the transmission error is determined, the retransmitted data packet may not be submitted to the demultiplexing entity, as shown in (c) in FIG. 4.
  • the HARQ entity submits the wrongly transmitted data packet (such as the first data packet) to the demultiplexing entity, if it receives the retransmitted data packet of the first data packet, the data packet can be transmitted to the demultiplexer regardless of whether the transmission is correct or not.
  • the wrongly transmitted data packet such as the first data packet
  • the demultiplexing entity if it receives the retransmitted data packet of the first data packet, the data packet can be transmitted to the demultiplexer regardless of whether the transmission is correct or not.
  • the HARQ entity may perform corresponding feedback according to whether to deliver the first data packet to the demultiplexing entity. For example, if the HARQ entity submits the first data packet with a transmission error to the demultiplexing entity, it may no longer feed back an acknowledgement (ACK) or negative answer (NACK) for the first data packet, that is, it does not execute Feedback. For another example, if the HARQ entity delivers the first data packet with a transmission error to the demultiplexing entity, it can feed back an ACK for the first data packet, and if it is not delivered, it can feed back NACK for the first data packet or not perform feedback.
  • ACK acknowledgement
  • NACK negative answer
  • the HARQ entity may also perform corresponding feedback according to whether the first data packet is transmitted correctly. For example, if the HARQ entity determines that the transmission of the first data packet is correct, it feeds back ACK, and if it determines that the transmission of the first data packet is incorrect, it feeds back NACK or does not perform feedback. For another example, if the HARQ entity determines that the transmission of the first data packet is correct, it does not perform feedback, and if it determines that the transmission of the first data packet is incorrect, it feeds back NACK.
  • the demultiplexing entity performs error delivery on the first data packet.
  • the demultiplexing entity may deliver the first data packet and the indication information 4 to the RLC layer entity, and the indication information 4 is used to indicate a transmission error of the first data packet.
  • the first data packet is a MAC PDU submitted by the HARQ entity
  • the demultiplexing entity can demultiplex the MAC PDU into one or more MAC SDUs and submit them to the RLC Layer entity.
  • the demultiplexing entity may submit the MAC SDU1 to the RLC layer entity after meeting at least one of the following 1234. Among them, 1 the demultiplexing entity obtains the logical channel identifier corresponding to MAC SDU1; 2 the demultiplexing entity obtains the logical channel identifier corresponding to MAC SDU1, and the logical channel corresponding to the logical channel identifier supports error delivery; 3 the demultiplexing entity It is determined that the MAC SDU1 has not been submitted to the RLC layer entity; 4 The demultiplexing entity determines that the decoding accuracy rate of the first data packet is greater than the third threshold. 5 The time period T1 has elapsed since the first receiving of the wrong data packet of MAC SDU1.
  • the demultiplexing entity can obtain the logical channel identifier corresponding to MAC SDU1 in many ways.
  • the demultiplexing entity can parse the first data packet to obtain the logical channel corresponding to MAC SDU1
  • the identifier for example, the demultiplexing entity parses the MAC subheader of the first data packet to obtain the logical channel identifier corresponding to the MAC SDU1.
  • the demultiplexing entity may obtain the logical channel identifier corresponding to the MAC SDU1 from the DCI or obtain the logical channel identifier corresponding to the MAC SDU1 from the upper layer configuration message.
  • the manner in which the demultiplexing entity obtains the logical channel identifier is not limited, and the following description will be made by taking the demultiplexing entity parsed from the MAC subheader of the first data packet to obtain the logical channel identifier as an example.
  • the third threshold may be agreed upon by a protocol, or may also be determined by the network device. Further, the network device may also send the third threshold to the terminal device.
  • the value of the time length T1 may be agreed upon by the protocol, or may also be determined by the network device. Further, the network device may also send the value of T1 to the terminal device.
  • Example 1 If the demultiplexing entity obtains one or more logical channel identifiers from the MAC sub-header of the first data packet, then it submits the demultiplexed one or more MAC SDUs to one or more RLC layer entities, Otherwise, it will not be submitted to the upper level.
  • the first data packet includes MAC SDU1 from logical channel 1 and MAC SDU2 from logical channel 2.
  • the demultiplexing entity obtains the identification of logical channel 1 and the identification of logical channel 2, it can submit the MAC SDU1 to the RLC layer entity 1 through the logical channel 1, and the MAC SDU2 to the RLC layer entity 2 through the logical channel 2. If the demultiplexing entity has not obtained the identification of logical channel 1 and the identification of logical channel 2, it may not submit it again.
  • Example 2 The demultiplexing entity parses the MAC sub-header of the first data packet to obtain one or more logical channel identifiers, and some or all of the logical channels in one or more logical channels support error delivery, it can support error delivery For logical channels that do not support erroneous submission, the MAC SDU may not be submitted to the RLC layer entity after demultiplexing.
  • the first data packet includes MAC SDU1 from logical channel 1 and MAC SDU2 from logical channel 2, and both logical channel 1 and logical channel 2 support error delivery.
  • the demultiplexing entity obtains the identification of logical channel 1 and the identification of logical channel 2 from the MAC subheader of the first data packet, it can submit the MAC SDU1 to the RLC layer entity 1 through logical channel 1, and to the RLC layer entity 1 through logical channel 2.
  • the RLC layer entity 2 submits the MAC SDU2.
  • the first data packet includes MAC SDU1 from logical channel 1 and MAC SDU2 from logical channel 2.
  • Logical channel 1 supports error delivery, and logical channel 2 does not support error delivery.
  • the demultiplexing entity obtains the identification of logical channel 1 and the identification of logical channel 2 from the MAC sub-header of the first data packet, it can submit MAC SDU1 to RLC layer entity 1 through logical channel 1, and can also indicate MAC SDU1 transmission Error; For MAC SDU2, you can wait for retransmission, and after receiving the retransmitted and successfully combined and decoded MAC SDU2, you can submit the MAC SDU2 to the RLC layer entity 2 through the logical channel 2.
  • logical channel 1 supports error delivery, indicating that the delay requirements of the data in logical channel 1 may be relatively high, and logical channel 2 does not support error delivery, indicating the delay requirements of data in logical channel 2. It may be lower.
  • the sender device can multiplex the data in logical channel 1 and the data in logical channel 2 into the same data packet ( That is, the first data packet).
  • the demultiplexing entity of the receiving end device may first submit the MAC SDU1 to the upper layer, and then wait for retransmission.
  • the HARQ entity of the receiving end device can deliver the retransmitted first data packet to the demultiplexing entity if the combined decoding is successful, and then the demultiplexing entity can pass the logical channel 2 Submit MAC SDU2 to RLC layer entity 2.
  • the demultiplexing entity can submit MAC SDU1 to RLC layer entity 1 through logical channel 1 again (it can also notify RLC layer entity 1 that the MAC SDU1 submitted this time is For the second submission, and/or, the RLC layer entity 1 may also be notified that the MAC SDU1 submitted this time is transmitted correctly), or the MAC SDU1 may not be submitted again.
  • Example 3 The demultiplexing entity parses the MAC subheader of the first data packet to obtain one or more logical channel identifiers, one or more logical channels include a logical channel that supports error delivery (such as logical channel 1), and the solution
  • the multiplexing entity has not submitted the MAC SDU to the upper layer through logical channel 1, and then submits the MAC SDU to the upper layer; otherwise, it does not submit the MAC SDU to the upper layer.
  • the first data packet includes MAC SDU1 from logical channel 1 and MAC SDU2 from logical channel 2.
  • Logical channel 1 supports error delivery, and logical channel 2 does not support error delivery.
  • the demultiplexing entity obtains the identification of logical channel 1 and the identification of logical channel 2 from the MAC sub-header of the first data packet, it determines whether the MAC SDU1 has been submitted to the RLC layer entity 1 through logical channel 1.
  • Channel 1 delivers MAC SDU1 to RLC layer entity 1 (for example, the first data packet is a retransmitted data packet of data packet 1, and the demultiplexing entity has already delivered the MAC SDU1 in data packet 1 to the RLC layer entity through logical channel 1.
  • MAC SDU1 may no longer be submitted, or, MAC SDU1 may be submitted to RLC layer entity 1 through logical channel 1 again, and further, RLC layer entity 1 may be notified that this submission of MAC SDU1 is the Nth time ( For example, the second or third time) MAC SDU1 is submitted, and/or RLC layer entity 1 can also be notified that the transmission of MAC SDU1 is incorrect (or the transmission is correct); if it has not been submitted to RLC layer entity 1 through logical channel 1
  • MAC SDU1 can be delivered to RLC layer entity 1 through logical channel 1.
  • the MAC SDU2 it can wait for retransmission, and after receiving the retransmitted and successfully combined and decoded MAC SDU2, the MAC SDU2 can be delivered to the RLC layer entity 2 through the logical channel 2.
  • Example 4 The demultiplexing entity parses the MAC subheader of the first data packet to obtain one or more logical channel identifiers, one or more logical channels include a logical channel that supports error delivery (such as logical channel 1), and HARQ Indicate that the decoding accuracy rate of the first data packet is greater than the third threshold, then the MAC SDU can be delivered to the upper layer through logical channel 1, otherwise the MAC SDU is not delivered to the upper layer.
  • the first data packet includes MAC SDU1 from logical channel 1 and MAC SDU2 from logical channel 2.
  • Logical channel 1 supports error delivery, and logical channel 2 does not support error delivery.
  • the demultiplexing entity obtains the identification of logical channel 1 and the identification of logical channel 2 from the MAC sub-header of the first data packet, it can determine whether the decoding accuracy of the first data packet is greater than the third threshold according to the indication information 3. If the decoding accuracy rate of the first data packet is greater than the third threshold, the MAC SDU1 can be delivered to the upper layer through logical channel 1.
  • the retransmission can be waited for, and the retransmission can be received and combined decoding
  • the MAC SDU2 can be delivered to the RLC layer entity 2 through the logical channel 2; if the decoding accuracy rate of the first data packet is less than or equal to the third threshold, the MAC SDU1 is no longer delivered.
  • Example 5 The demultiplexing entity parses the MAC subheader of the first data packet to obtain one or more logical channel identifiers, and the one or more logical channels include a logical channel that supports error delivery (such as logical channel 1). If the demultiplexing entity determines that the time period T1 has elapsed since the first reception of the error packet of MAC SDU1, it can deliver MAC SDU1 to the upper layer through logical channel 1, otherwise it will not deliver it to the upper layer.
  • the demultiplexing entity receives data packet 1.
  • Data packet 1 includes MAC SDU1 from logical channel 1 and MAC SDU2 from logical channel 2.
  • Logical channel 1 supports error delivery, and logical channel 2 does not support error delivery. If the demultiplexing entity determines that the data packet 1 is an error data packet of the MAC SDU1 received for the first time, it may not submit the MAC SDU1 and the MAC SDU2, and starts a timer, and the duration of the timer is T1.
  • the demultiplexing entity receives the duplicate data packet of the data packet 1 (referred to as the data packet 2), and the transmission of the data packet 2 is wrong, but at this time the timer expires, the demultiplexing entity can submit the MAC SDU1 to the upper layer through the logical channel 1. For the MAC SDU2, it can wait for retransmission, and after receiving the retransmitted and successfully combined and decoded MAC SDU2, the MAC SDU2 can be delivered to the RLC layer entity 2 through the logical channel 2.
  • the demultiplexing entity may also submit the MAC to the upper layer when multiple conditions are met at the same time.
  • SDU For example, the first data packet includes MAC SDU1, and the demultiplexing entity may, in the case where it is determined that the MAC SDU1 has not been submitted to the RLC layer entity, and the decoding accuracy of the first data packet is greater than the third threshold, the upper layer Submit MAC SDU1, the details will not be listed one by one.
  • the demultiplexing entity may be applied.
  • the demultiplexing entity may apply the MAC CE included in the first data packet after determining that the transmission of the first data packet is correct.
  • the demultiplexing entity may perform the behavior indicated by the MAC CE after meeting at least one of the following 123. Among them, 1 the demultiplexing entity parses the first data packet to obtain the logical channel identification; 2 the demultiplexing entity determines that the first data packet is received for the first time; 3 the demultiplexing entity determines that the decoding accuracy of the first data packet is greater The fourth threshold.
  • the fourth threshold may be determined by the network device, and further, the network device may also send the fourth threshold to the terminal device.
  • MAC CE is a buffer status report (BSR) MAC CE, and the network device can schedule the terminal device according to the BSR.
  • BSR buffer status report
  • PHR power headroom report
  • the uplink sub-band width used by the terminal device is 4 MHz, which indicates that the power of the terminal device is not enough to support the sub-band transmission greater than 4 MHz, which can avoid allocating a sub-band width greater than 4 MHz to the terminal device at a time.
  • the RLC layer entity or the PDCP layer entity when the RLC layer entity or the PDCP layer entity receives the MAC SDU (such as MAC SDU1) from the MAC layer, and the MAC layer indicates that the MAC SDU1 is a data packet with a transmission error, the RLC layer entity or the PDCP layer entity can be based on the RLC layer.
  • the sequence number (SN) and PDCP SN move the windows of their respective layers, that is, the RLC layer entity can move the RLC SN window, and the PDCP layer entity can move the PDCP SN window.
  • the window of each layer can be moved according to the RLC sequence number (SN) and PDCP SN. If it is determined that it is not the first time to receive MAC SDU1 (for example, it may be the second or third time to receive MAC SDU1), Therefore, the windows of the respective layers can no longer be moved according to the RLC SN and PDCP SN, thereby avoiding errors caused by moving windows for the same MAC SDU multiple times. Exemplarily, even if the MAC SDU1 received for the second or third time is transmitted correctly, the RLC layer entity or the PDCP layer entity may no longer move the windows of the respective layers according to the RLC SN and PDCP SN.
  • the RLC layer entity When the RLC layer entity receives the MAC SDU (such as MAC SDU1) from the MAC layer, and the MAC layer indicates that MAC SDU1 is a transmission error (or decoding failure) packet, the RLC layer entity can be used to the upper PDCP layer The entity submits the data packet, or may not submit the data packet to the upper PDCP layer entity.
  • the specific implementation can be determined by the network device. Further, the network device can also configure the specific implementation for the terminal device, for example, the network device This specific implementation can be configured for terminal equipment through RRC signaling.
  • the RLC layer entity can submit the MAC to the PDCP layer entity each time SDU; or, the MAC SDU can also be submitted to the PDCP layer entity for the first N times, and no subsequent submissions are made.
  • the value of N can be determined by the network device. Further, the network device can also indicate the value of N to the terminal device.
  • the RLC layer entity may indicate that the decoding success rate is greater than a certain threshold after receiving the MAC layer (the threshold may be agreed by the protocol, or it may be determined by the network device, further, the network device may also When the value of the threshold is sent to the terminal device), the MAC SDU is submitted to the PDCP layer entity; or, the RLC layer entity can receive the MAC SDU error packet for the first time since the time period T2 has elapsed.
  • the duration T2 may be agreed upon by the protocol, or may also be determined by the network device. Further, the network device may also send the value of T2 to the terminal device.
  • the PDCP layer entity (or SDAP layer entity) submits to the upper layer (such as the application layer), it can indicate to the upper layer that the data packet it submits is a data packet with a transmission error.
  • the network device and the terminal device may act as the receiving end device of the data packet, when the network device is used as the receiving end device, the PDCP layer entity (or SDAP layer entity) of the network device can submit to the application layer of the application server Data packet, and indicate that the submitted data packet is a transmission error data packet; when the terminal device is used as the receiving end device, the PDCP layer entity (or SDAP layer entity) of the terminal device can submit the data packet to the application layer of the terminal device, and Indicate that the delivered data packet is a data packet with a transmission error, so that the application layer of the terminal device can count the packet error rate (PER), which is subsequently fed back to the application layer of the application server.
  • PER packet error rate
  • the core network device can charge the data packet according to the transmission condition of the data packet. For example, when the core network device learns that the data packet is a data packet with a transmission error, it may not participate in traffic statistics for the data packet, and does not Charging, alternatively, the flow or charging can also be calculated according to a preset ratio. For example, if the data packet includes 100 bytes, it can be calculated as 40 bytes when performing traffic statistics. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the preset ratio.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of the process corresponding to the data transmission method provided in the second embodiment of the application, as shown in FIG. 5, including:
  • Step 501 The network device sends configuration information 4 to the terminal device, and the configuration information 4 is used to configure the error delivery function for the terminal device.
  • step 502 the terminal device receives configuration information 4.
  • the terminal device can report to the network device whether the terminal device supports error delivery, if the terminal device supports error delivery, the network device can send configuration information to the terminal device 4, if the terminal device does not support error delivery, the network device can no longer Send configuration information to the terminal device4.
  • the terminal device can report whether the terminal device supports error delivery to the network device.
  • the terminal device can report the capability information of the terminal device to the network device, and the capability information is used to indicate whether the terminal device supports error delivery.
  • a terminal device configured with an error delivery function, after receiving a data packet, if it is determined that the data packet needs to perform error delivery, the physical layer can no longer perform a CRC check on the data packet and submit the MAC Floor.
  • a terminal device configured with an error delivery function, after receiving a data packet, if it is determined that the data packet needs to perform error delivery, it can perform a CRC check on the data packet at the physical layer, regardless of whether the check is performed or not. Pass, the data packet can be submitted to the MAC layer.
  • the configuration information 4 may include a first parameter and a second parameter.
  • the first parameter is used to indicate whether a CRC check needs to be performed (or whether to turn off the CRC) for a data packet that supports error delivery
  • the second parameter is used It is indicated that the data packet submitted for supporting errors shall be submitted to the upper layer when the decoding error occurs.
  • the first parameter and the second parameter may be the same parameter, or may also be two different parameters, which are not specifically limited.
  • Step 503 The network device forms a second data packet, and the second data packet supports error delivery.
  • the formation of the second data packet by the network device can be understood as the multiplexing entity in the MAC layer of the network device multiplexing the data received from at least one logical channel to obtain the second data packet.
  • the second data packet supports erroneous delivery, which may include at least one of the following: the service to which the second data packet belongs supports erroneous delivery; the cell transmitting the second data packet supports erroneous delivery; at least one logical channel supports part or all of erroneous delivery .
  • the first data packet supporting error delivery in the first embodiment please refer to the related description of the first data packet supporting error delivery in the first embodiment.
  • a data packet (such as a second data packet) may be formed by the DU.
  • the CU can send notification information to the DU through the F1-U interface.
  • the notification information can refer to the related description of configuration information 1 in the first embodiment.
  • the notification information can be used to notify the DU whether one or more services are supported. Error delivery, or notification information can be used to inform the DU whether one or more logical channels support error delivery.
  • the DU can construct a data packet according to the notification information.
  • the DU can try to multiplex the data in the logical channel that supports error delivery into the same data when constructing data packets based on the notification information. In the package, and try to multiplex the data in the logical channel that does not support error delivery into the same data package.
  • Step 504 The network device sends the second data packet to the terminal device.
  • step 505 the terminal device receives the second data packet from the network device.
  • the network device may send the second data packet to the terminal device on the second resource, and indicate whether the second data packet supports error delivery.
  • the data packets received by the terminal device can be pre-defined or pre-configured to support error delivery, and the network device may no longer indicate to the terminal device whether the second data packet supports error delivery.
  • the second resource may be a dynamically scheduled resource; for example, the network device sends DCI-2 to the terminal device, and DCI-2 is used to schedule the second resource, or DCI-2 is used to indicate the second resource; accordingly, the terminal After receiving the DCI-2, the device can receive the second data packet on the second resource.
  • the second resource can also be a semi-persistent resource; for example, the network device configures a period for the terminal device in advance (for example, configures the period through an RRC message), and then activates it through DCI-3.
  • DCI-3 can indicate the timing of a block of resources. Domain location and frequency domain location, and then the terminal device will think that in each subsequent cycle, the network device will transmit data on this block of resources.
  • whether the network device supports error delivery of data packets to the terminal device can be understood as the network device indicating whether the MAC PDU supports error delivery. If the MAC PDU supports error delivery, and one or some of the MAC SDUs in the MAC PDU does not support error delivery, the terminal device can submit the MAC SDU that supports error delivery to the upper layer after the decoding fails; for those that do not support error delivery If the MAC SDU is not submitted to the upper layer, it will be submitted to the upper layer after the retransmission is successful.
  • the network device may indicate whether the second data packet supports error delivery.
  • the following describes several possible implementation ways for dynamic scheduling and semi-persistent scheduling.
  • DCI-2 may carry indication information 5, which is used to indicate whether the data carried by the second resource supports error delivery.
  • the indication information 5 may include 1 bit; for example, if the value of this 1 bit is 1, it means that the data carried by the second resource supports wrong delivery; if the value of this 1 bit is 0, it means that 2.
  • the data carried by the resource does not support wrong submission.
  • the indication information 5 may be carried in one or more fields of DCI-2, such as the HARQ process number (HARQ process number) indication field, modulation and coding scheme (MCS) carried in DCI-2.
  • MCS modulation and coding scheme
  • the MCS indication field carrying DCI-2 in indication information 5 as an example.
  • the MCS indication field includes 5 bits and a total of 32 (2 5 ) code points, of which 25 code points have specified their specific meanings, and the remaining 7 One code point is a reserved code point, and two of the remaining 7 code points can be used to indicate whether the data carried by the second resource supports error delivery.
  • Example 2 If the indication information 5 is carried in the DCI-2, it means that the data carried by the second resource supports erroneous delivery, and the DCI-2 does not carry the indication information 5, which means that the data carried by the second resource does not support erroneous delivery. Alternatively, if the indication information 5 is carried in the DCI-2, it means that the data carried by the second resource does not support erroneous delivery, and the DCI-2 does not carry the indication information 5, which means that the data carried by the second resource supports erroneous delivery.
  • Example 3 If the terminal device receives DCI-2 according to a preset control-resource set (CORESET) and/or a preset search space (search space), it can determine the second resource scheduled by DCI-2 The carried data supports error delivery. If it is not based on the preset control resource set and the DCI-2 received according to the preset search space, it can be determined that the data carried by the second resource scheduled by DCI-2 does not support error delivery. Wherein, the data carried by the resource scheduled by the DCI carried by the preset control resource set and/or the preset search space supports error delivery.
  • the preset control resource set and/or the preset search space may be configured by the network device for the terminal device.
  • Example 4 If the terminal device receives DCI-2 through the PDCCH scrambled by the preset RNTI, it can be determined that the data carried by the second resource scheduled by the DCI-2 supports error delivery, if it is not received according to the PDCCH scrambled by the RNTI DCI-2, it can be determined that the data carried by the second resource scheduled by DCI-2 does not support erroneous delivery.
  • the preset RNTI may be a newly defined RNTI, which is used to indicate that the data carried by the resource scheduled by DCI-2 supports error delivery.
  • the preset RNTI may be configured by the network device for the terminal device.
  • Example 5 If the terminal device received DCI-2 on the preset bandwidth part (bandwidth part, BWP), it can be determined that the data carried by the second resource scheduled by DCI-2 supports erroneous delivery; otherwise, it can be determined that DCI- 2 The data carried by the scheduled second resource does not support error delivery.
  • the network device may configure one or more BWPs for the terminal device. For example, the network device may select at least one BWP from the one or more BWPs as the preset BWP after configuring one or more BWPs, and indicate to Terminal equipment; for another example, the network equipment can also indicate that it is a preset BWP while configuring one or some BWPs for the terminal equipment.
  • Example 6 If the terminal device receives DCI-2 on the preset time-frequency resource, it can be determined that the data carried by the second resource scheduled by DCI-2 supports error delivery; otherwise, it can be determined that the second resource scheduled by DCI-2 supports error delivery.
  • the data carried by the resource does not support error submission.
  • the preset time-frequency resource may be determined by the network device and instructed by the terminal device.
  • example 1 and example 2 can be understood as the network device explicitly indicating whether the data carried by the second resource supports error delivery.
  • Examples 3 to 6 can be understood as the network device indicating implicitly. Whether the data carried by the second resource supports error delivery.
  • DCI-3 may carry indication information 5, which may include 1 bit; for example, if the value of this 1 bit is 1, it means that the data carried by the second resource supports error delivery; the 1 The value of the one bit is 0, which means that the data carried by the second resource does not support erroneous delivery.
  • the indication information 5 is carried in the DCI-3, it means that the data carried by the second resource supports erroneous delivery, and the DCI-3 does not carry the indication information 5, which means that the data carried by the second resource does not support erroneous delivery. .
  • the indication information 5 is carried in the DCI-3, it means that the data carried by the second resource does not support erroneous delivery, and the DCI-3 does not carry the indication information 5, which means that the data carried by the second resource supports erroneous delivery.
  • the periodic RRC message is configured to indicate whether the data carried by the semi-persistent scheduling resource supports error delivery.
  • a terminal device can be configured with a maximum of 8 sets of semi-statically scheduled resources on a BWP.
  • the RRC message can be separately indicated whether the data carried by each semi-persistent scheduling resource supports error delivery, for example, if a certain set of data is indicated in the RRC message If the data carried by the semi-persistently scheduled resource supports error delivery, there is no need to indicate in the DCI that activates the set of semi-persistent resources. As long as the set of semi-persistent resources is activated, then the set of semi-persistent resources will be transmitted All of the data supports wrong submission.
  • the semi-persistent scheduling resource can also be configured to uniformly configure whether the data carried by all semi-persistent scheduling resources support error delivery. For example, if the semi-persistent scheduling resource supports error delivery is indicated in the RRC message, it can be used in the DCI of the activated semi-persistent scheduling resource No instructions are required. As long as any set of semi-statically scheduled resources is activated, all data transmitted on the set of semi-static resources support error delivery.
  • Step 506 The terminal device determines that the transmission of the second data packet is incorrect.
  • step 507 the terminal device erroneously delivers the second data packet.
  • step 506 and step 507 can be adaptively referred to step 306 and step 307 in the first embodiment.
  • the terminal device can include HARQ entity, demultiplexing entity, RLC layer entity, PDCP layer entity, SDAP layer entity,
  • the implementation of each entity performing error submission can refer to the implementation of the HARQ entity, demultiplexing entity, RLC layer entity, PDCP layer entity, and SDAP layer entity performing error submission in the network device.
  • the first and second embodiments described above can be implemented separately or in combination.
  • the network equipment in the first embodiment and the network equipment in the second embodiment may be different network equipment, and the terminal equipment in the first embodiment and the terminal equipment in the second embodiment may be different terminal equipment; or,
  • the network device in the first embodiment and the network device in the second embodiment may be the same network device, and the terminal device in the first embodiment and the terminal device in the second embodiment may be the same terminal device.
  • the data carried by the first resource supports erroneous delivery, which can also be described as the first resource supporting erroneous delivery.
  • the logical channel supports error delivery, which can also be described as the data carried by the logical channel supports error delivery.
  • Business support error submission can also be described as the support error submission of data belonging to the business.
  • the data stream supports error delivery, and it can also be described as the data in the data stream supports error delivery.
  • the configuration information involved in the embodiments of this application can be sent to the terminal device in a variety of ways, such as through RRC signaling. Not limited.
  • step numbers of the flowcharts described in the embodiments of this application are only an example of the execution process, and do not constitute a restriction on the order of execution of the steps.
  • the embodiment of the present application There is no strict execution order between steps that do not have a timing dependency between each other.
  • step 501 can be performed before step 503, or can be performed simultaneously with step 503.
  • the network device or the terminal device may include a corresponding hardware structure and/or software module for performing each function.
  • the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • the embodiment of the present application may divide the terminal device and the network device into functional units according to the foregoing method examples.
  • each functional unit may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
  • FIG. 6 shows a possible exemplary block diagram of a device involved in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 600 may include: a processing unit 602 and a communication unit 603.
  • the processing unit 602 is used to control and manage the actions of the device 600.
  • the communication unit 603 is used to support communication between the apparatus 600 and other devices.
  • the communication unit 603 is also called a transceiving unit, and may include a receiving unit and/or a sending unit, which are used to perform receiving and sending operations, respectively.
  • the device 600 may further include a storage unit 601 for storing program codes and/or data of the device 600.
  • the apparatus 600 may be the terminal device (or a chip set in the terminal device) in any of the foregoing embodiments, such as the terminal device in Embodiment 1 or Embodiment 2, where the processing unit 602 may support the apparatus 600 to execute the above Actions of the terminal device in each method example; or, the processing unit 602 mainly executes the internal actions of the terminal device in the method example, and the communication unit 603 can support communication between the apparatus 600 and other devices (such as network devices).
  • the processing unit 602 may support the apparatus 600 to execute the above Actions of the terminal device in each method example; or, the processing unit 602 mainly executes the internal actions of the terminal device in the method example, and the communication unit 603 can support communication between the apparatus 600 and other devices (such as network devices).
  • the apparatus 600 may be the network equipment (or a chip set in the network equipment) in any of the foregoing embodiments, such as the network equipment in Embodiment 1 or Embodiment 2, where the processing unit 602 may support the apparatus 600 to execute The actions of the network equipment in the foregoing method examples; or, the processing unit 602 mainly executes the internal actions of the network equipment in the method examples, and the communication unit 603 can support communication between the apparatus 600 and other devices (such as terminal devices).
  • the processing unit 602 may support the apparatus 600 to execute The actions of the network equipment in the foregoing method examples; or, the processing unit 602 mainly executes the internal actions of the network equipment in the method examples, and the communication unit 603 can support communication between the apparatus 600 and other devices (such as terminal devices).
  • the communication unit 603 is configured to receive the first data packet; the processing unit 602 is configured to: if it is determined that the first data packet is incorrectly transmitted, perform error delivery on the first data packet.
  • the processing unit 602 determining that the first data packet is incorrectly transmitted includes: the processing unit 602 determines that the CRC check of the first data packet fails; and/or the processing unit 602 determines that the decoding of the first data packet fails .
  • the communication unit 603 is further configured to: send first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the data carried by the first resource supports error delivery; wherein the first data packet is carried by the first resource.
  • the communication unit 603 is further configured to: the communication device sends an uplink grant, the uplink grant is used to indicate the first resource, and the uplink grant carries the first indication information; or, sends the first configuration information, the first configuration information For configuring the first resource, the first configuration information carries first indication information; or, sending control information, the control information is used to activate the first resource, and the control information carries the first indication information.
  • the communication unit 603 is further configured to: receive second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the first data packet supports error delivery.
  • the first data packet and the second indication information are carried in the first resource.
  • the first data packet is carried on the second resource; the communication unit 603 is further configured to: receive third indication information, which is used to indicate that the data carried by the second resource supports error delivery.
  • the communication unit 603 is specifically configured to: receive first control information, the first control information is used to schedule second resources, and the first control information carries third indication information; or, to receive second control information, The second control information is used to activate the second resource, and the second control information carries the third indication information; or, to receive the second configuration information, the second configuration information is used to configure the second resource, and the second configuration information carries the third indication information.
  • the first data packet is carried on the second resource; the communication unit 603 is further configured to: receive the third control information according to the preset control resource set and/or the preset search space, and the third control information is used for The second resource is scheduled; the data carried by the resource scheduled by the preset control resource set and/or the third control information carried by the preset search space supports error delivery; or, the third control information is received on the physical downlink control channel, and the third control The information is used to schedule the second resource; the physical downlink control channel is scrambled by a preset RNTI, and the preset RNTI indicates that the data carried by the resource carried by the third control information carried by the physical downlink control channel supports error delivery.
  • the communication unit 603 is further configured to receive third configuration information, and the third configuration information is used to configure the error delivery function for the communication device.
  • the processing unit 602 is further configured to: control the HARQ entity to deliver the first data packet and the fourth indication information to the demultiplexing entity, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate a transmission error of the first data packet.
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate the decoding accuracy of the first data packet.
  • the processing unit 602 controls the HARQ entity to deliver the first data packet and the fourth indication information to the demultiplexing entity, it further includes at least one of the following: determining that the decoding accuracy rate of the first data packet is greater than The first threshold; it is determined that the number of retransmissions of the first data packet is greater than the second threshold; it is determined that the timer corresponding to the first data packet has expired.
  • the processing unit 602 determines that the HARQ entity receives the retransmitted data packet of the first data packet, it will deliver the retransmitted data packet to the demultiplexing entity; further, the first data packet may be a new transmission. data pack.
  • the processing unit 602 controls the HARQ entity to deliver the retransmitted data packet to the demultiplexing entity, it is also used to: determine that the retransmitted data packet is correctly transmitted.
  • the processing unit 602 is further configured to: control the HARQ entity to feed back an acknowledgement response ACK for the first data packet.
  • the processing unit 602 is further configured to: control the demultiplexing entity to deliver the first data packet and the fifth indication information to the RLC layer entity, and the fifth indication information is used to indicate a transmission error of the first data packet.
  • the processing unit 602 controls the demultiplexing entity to deliver the first data packet to the RLC layer entity, it further includes at least one of the following: parse the first data packet to obtain a logical channel identifier; The logical channel identifier is parsed in the data packet, and the logical channels corresponding to the logical channel identifier support error delivery; determine that the first data packet has not been delivered to the RLC layer entity; determine that the decoding accuracy of the first data packet is greater than the third threshold .
  • the processing unit 602 is further configured to: if it is determined that the MAC CE is included in the first data packet, apply the MAC CE.
  • the processing unit 602 before the processing unit 602 executes the behavior indicated by the MAC CE, it also includes at least one of the following: parse the first data packet to obtain a logical channel identifier; determine that the first data packet is received for the first time; determine that the first data packet is received for the first time; The decoding accuracy rate of a data packet is greater than the fourth threshold.
  • the processing unit 602 is further configured to: if it is determined that the first data packet is received for the first time, control the RLC layer entity to move the window of the RLC SN.
  • the processing unit 602 is configured to form a first data packet, and the first data packet supports error delivery; and the communication unit 603 is configured to send the first data packet.
  • the first data packet supports erroneous delivery, including at least one of the following: the service to which the first data packet belongs supports erroneous delivery; the cell that transmits the first data packet supports erroneous delivery; the first data packet includes For data from at least one logical channel, part or all of the at least one logical channel supports error delivery.
  • the communication unit 603 is further configured to: receive first indication information, which is used to indicate that the data carried by the first resource supports error delivery; and, send the first data packet on the first resource .
  • the communication unit 603 is further configured to: receive an uplink grant, which is used to indicate the first resource, and the uplink grant carries first indication information; or, to receive first configuration information, which is used to The first resource is configured, and the first configuration information carries the first indication information; or the control information is received, the control information is used to activate the first resource, and the control information carries the first indication information.
  • the communication unit 603 is further configured to send second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the first data packet supports error delivery.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the first data packet supports error delivery when the first data packet meets at least one of the following: the decoding accuracy rate of the first data packet is greater than the first threshold; The number of retransmissions of a data packet is greater than the second threshold; the timer corresponding to the first data packet expires.
  • the communication unit 603 sending the first data packet and the second indication information includes: sending the first data packet and the second indication information on the first resource.
  • the processing unit 602 is further configured to: puncture the first data packet; the communication unit 603 is further configured to: send the punctured first data packet and the second indication information on the first resource Or, the processing unit 602 is further configured to: jointly encode the first data packet and the second indication information; the communication unit 603 is further configured to: send the jointly encoded information on the first resource.
  • the communication unit 603 is further configured to: receive second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to indicate whether one or more logical channels support error delivery.
  • the first data packet is carried on the second resource; the communication unit 603 is further configured to send third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the data carried by the second resource supports error delivery.
  • the communication unit 603 is further configured to: receive fourth indication information from the CU, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate whether one or more logical channels support error delivery.
  • the processing unit 602 is further configured to: control the MAC layer entity to deliver the first data packet and the fifth indication information to the physical layer entity, and the fifth indication information is used to indicate the SDAP header, The position of at least one of the PDCP header, the RLC header, and the MAC header in the first data packet; controlling the physical layer entity to send the first data packet according to the fifth indication information.
  • the first data packet includes one PDCP SDU or one PDCP SDU fragment.
  • each unit in the device can be all implemented in the form of software called by processing elements; they can also be all implemented in the form of hardware; part of the units can also be implemented in the form of software called by the processing elements, and some of the units can be implemented in the form of hardware.
  • each unit can be a separate processing element, or it can be integrated in a certain chip of the device for implementation.
  • it can also be stored in the memory in the form of a program, which is called and executed by a certain processing element of the device.
  • each step of the above method or each of the above units may be implemented by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor element or implemented in a form of being called by software through a processing element.
  • the unit in any of the above devices may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, for example: one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASIC), or, one or Multiple microprocessors (digital singnal processors, DSP), or, one or more field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuits.
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuits
  • DSP digital singnal processors
  • FPGA field programmable gate arrays
  • the unit in the device can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler
  • the processing element can be a processor, such as a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), or other processors that can call programs.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • these units can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
  • the above receiving unit is an interface circuit of the device for receiving signals from other devices.
  • the receiving unit is an interface circuit used by the chip to receive signals from other chips or devices.
  • the above unit for sending is an interface circuit of the device for sending signals to other devices.
  • the sending unit is an interface circuit used by the chip to send signals to other chips or devices.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the application. It may be the terminal device in the above embodiment, and is used to implement the operation of the terminal device in the above embodiment.
  • the terminal device includes: an antenna 710, a radio frequency part 720, and a signal processing part 730.
  • the antenna 710 is connected to the radio frequency part 720.
  • the radio frequency part 720 receives the information sent by the network device through the antenna 710, and sends the information sent by the network device to the signal processing part 730 for processing.
  • the signal processing part 730 processes the information of the terminal device and sends it to the radio frequency part 720
  • the radio frequency part 720 processes the information of the terminal device and sends it to the network device via the antenna 710.
  • the signal processing part 730 may include a modem subsystem, which is used to process data at various communication protocol layers; it may also include a central processing subsystem, which is used to process terminal equipment operating systems and application layers; in addition, it may also Including other subsystems, such as multimedia subsystems, peripheral subsystems, etc., where the multimedia subsystem is used to control the terminal device camera, screen display, etc., and the peripheral subsystem is used to realize the connection with other devices.
  • the modem subsystem can be a separate chip.
  • the modem subsystem may include one or more processing elements 731, for example, including a main control CPU and other integrated circuits.
  • the modem subsystem may also include a storage element 732 and an interface circuit 733.
  • the storage element 732 is used to store data and programs, but the program used to execute the method executed by the terminal device in the above method may not be stored in the storage element 732, but is stored in a memory outside the modem subsystem.
  • the modem subsystem is loaded and used.
  • the interface circuit 733 is used to communicate with other subsystems.
  • the modem subsystem can be implemented by a chip, the chip includes at least one processing element and an interface circuit, wherein the processing element is used to execute each step of any method executed by the above terminal device, and the interface circuit is used to communicate with other devices.
  • the unit for the terminal device to implement each step in the above method can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler.
  • the device for the terminal device includes a processing element and a storage element, and the processing element calls the program stored by the storage element to Perform the method performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • the storage element may be a storage element whose processing element is on the same chip, that is, an on-chip storage element.
  • the program used to execute the method executed by the terminal device in the above method may be a storage element on a different chip from the processing element, that is, an off-chip storage element.
  • the processing element calls or loads a program from the off-chip storage element on the on-chip storage element to call and execute the method executed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • the unit of the terminal device that implements each step in the above method may be configured as one or more processing elements, and these processing elements are arranged on the modem subsystem, where the processing elements may be integrated circuits, For example: one or more ASICs, or, one or more DSPs, or, one or more FPGAs, or a combination of these types of integrated circuits. These integrated circuits can be integrated together to form a chip.
  • the units of the terminal device that implement each step in the above method can be integrated together and implemented in the form of an SOC, and the SOC chip is used to implement the above method.
  • the chip can integrate at least one processing element and a storage element, and the processing element can call the stored program of the storage element to implement the method executed by the above terminal device; or, the chip can integrate at least one integrated circuit to implement the above terminal The method executed by the device; or, it can be combined with the above implementations.
  • the functions of some units are implemented in the form of calling programs by processing elements, and the functions of some units are implemented in the form of integrated circuits.
  • the above apparatus for terminal equipment may include at least one processing element and an interface circuit, wherein at least one processing element is used to execute any of the methods performed by the terminal equipment provided in the above method embodiments.
  • the processing element can execute part or all of the steps executed by the terminal device in the first way: calling the program stored in the storage element; or in the second way: combining instructions through the integrated logic circuit of the hardware in the processor element Part or all of the steps performed by the terminal device are executed in a manner; of course, part or all of the steps executed by the terminal device can also be executed in combination with the first manner and the second manner.
  • the processing element here is the same as that described above, and can be implemented by a processor, and the function of the processing element can be the same as the function of the processing unit described in FIG. 6.
  • the processing element may be a general-purpose processor, such as a CPU, or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, such as: one or more ASICs, or, one or more microprocessors DSP , Or, one or more FPGAs, etc., or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms.
  • the storage element may be realized by a memory, and the function of the storage element may be the same as the function of the storage unit described in FIG. 6.
  • the storage element can be a single memory or a collective term for multiple memories.
  • the terminal device shown in FIG. 7 can implement various processes related to the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 3 or FIG. 5.
  • the operations and/or functions of the various modules in the terminal device shown in FIG. 7 are used to implement the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of this application. It may be the network device (such as DU) in the above embodiment, and is used to implement the operation of the network device in the above embodiment.
  • the network equipment includes: an antenna 801, a radio frequency device 802, and a baseband device 803.
  • the antenna 801 is connected to the radio frequency device 802.
  • the radio frequency device 802 receives the information sent by the terminal device through the antenna 801, and sends the information sent by the terminal device to the baseband device 803 for processing.
  • the baseband device 803 processes the information of the terminal device and sends it to the radio frequency device 802, and the radio frequency device 802 processes the information of the terminal device and sends it to the terminal device via the antenna 801.
  • the baseband device 803 may include one or more processing elements 8031, for example, a main control CPU and other integrated circuits.
  • the baseband device 803 may also include a storage element 8032 and an interface 8033.
  • the storage element 8032 is used to store programs and data; the interface 8033 is used to exchange information with the radio frequency device 802.
  • the interface is, for example, a common public radio interface. , CPRI).
  • the above apparatus for network equipment may be located in the baseband apparatus 803.
  • the above apparatus for network equipment may be a chip on the baseband apparatus 803.
  • the chip includes at least one processing element and an interface circuit, wherein the processing element is used to execute the above network. For each step of any method executed by the device, the interface circuit is used to communicate with other devices.
  • the unit for the network device to implement each step in the above method can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler.
  • the device for the network device includes a processing element and a storage element, and the processing element calls the program stored by the storage element to Perform the method performed by the network device in the above method embodiment.
  • the storage element may be a storage element with the processing element on the same chip, that is, an on-chip storage element, or a storage element on a different chip from the processing element, that is, an off-chip storage element.
  • the unit of the network device that implements each step in the above method may be configured as one or more processing elements, and these processing elements are arranged on the baseband device.
  • the processing elements here may be integrated circuits, such as one Or multiple ASICs, or, one or more DSPs, or, one or more FPGAs, or a combination of these types of integrated circuits. These integrated circuits can be integrated together to form a chip.
  • the units for the network equipment to implement each step in the above method can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
  • the baseband device includes the SOC chip for implementing the above method.
  • At least one processing element and storage element can be integrated in the chip, and the processing element can call the stored program of the storage element to implement the method executed by the above network device; or, at least one integrated circuit can be integrated in the chip to implement the above network The method executed by the device; or, it can be combined with the above implementations.
  • the functions of some units are implemented in the form of calling programs by processing elements, and the functions of some units are implemented in the form of integrated circuits.
  • the above apparatus for a network device may include at least one processing element and an interface circuit, wherein at least one processing element is used to execute any of the methods performed by the network device provided in the above method embodiments.
  • the processing element can execute part or all of the steps executed by the network device in the first way: calling the program stored in the storage element; or in the second way: combining instructions through the integrated logic circuit of the hardware in the processor element Part or all of the steps performed by the network device are executed in the method; of course, part or all of the steps executed by the network device above can also be executed in combination with the first method and the second method.
  • the processing element here is the same as that described above, and can be implemented by a processor, and the function of the processing element can be the same as the function of the processing unit described in FIG. 6.
  • the processing element may be a general-purpose processor, such as a CPU, or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, such as: one or more ASICs, or, one or more microprocessors DSP , Or, one or more FPGAs, etc., or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms.
  • the storage element may be realized by a memory, and the function of the storage element may be the same as the function of the storage unit described in FIG. 6.
  • the storage element can be a single memory or a collective term for multiple memories.
  • the network device shown in FIG. 8 can implement various processes related to the network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 3 or FIG. 5.
  • the operations and/or functions of the various modules in the network device shown in FIG. 8 are used to implement the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of another network device provided in an embodiment of the application. It may be a network device (such as a CU) in the above embodiment, and is used to implement the operation of the network device in the above embodiment.
  • a network device such as a CU
  • the network device includes: a processor 910, a memory 920, and an interface 930, and the processor 910, the memory 920, and the interface 930 are in signal connection.
  • the apparatus illustrated in FIG. 6 above may be located in the network device, and the functions of each unit may be implemented by the processor 910 calling a program stored in the memory 920. That is, the device shown in FIG. 6 above includes a memory and a processor, and the memory is used to store a program, and the program is called by the processor to execute the method in the above method embodiment.
  • the processor here may be an integrated circuit with signal processing capability, such as a CPU.
  • the functions of the above units may be realized by one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods. For example: one or more ASICs, or, one or more microprocessors DSP, or, one or more FPGAs, etc., or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms. Or, the above implementations can be combined.
  • this application can be provided as methods, systems, or computer program products. Therefore, this application may adopt the form of a complete hardware embodiment, a complete software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware. Moreover, this application may adopt the form of a computer program product implemented on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) containing computer-usable program codes.
  • computer-usable storage media including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.
  • These computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer-readable memory that can guide a computer or other programmable data processing equipment to work in a specific manner, so that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture including the instruction device.
  • the device implements the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
  • These computer program instructions can also be loaded on a computer or other programmable data processing equipment, so that a series of operation steps are executed on the computer or other programmable equipment to produce computer-implemented processing, so as to execute on the computer or other programmable equipment.
  • the instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application discloses a data transmission method and apparatus. Said method comprises: a communication apparatus receiving a first data packet; and if it is determined that the first data packet is transmitted incorrectly, performing incorrect delivery of the first data packet. By means of said method, by performing incorrect delivery of a data packet, the data packet that has been received by a receiving end device can be effectively utilized, satisfying transmission requirements of services.

Description

一种数据传输方法及装置Data transmission method and device 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及无线通信技术领域,特别涉及一种数据传输方法及装置。This application relates to the field of wireless communication technology, and in particular to a data transmission method and device.
背景技术Background technique
随着无线通信网络的发展,终端设备支持的业务越来越丰富多样,比如终端设备可以支持越来越多的高精度语音、高清视频等业务,这些业务的数据量很大,对数据的时延要求比较高。With the development of wireless communication networks, terminal equipment supports more and more diverse services. For example, terminal equipment can support more and more high-precision voice, high-definition video and other services. The amount of data in these services is very large. Delay requirements are relatively high.
然而,如何进行数据传输,以满足上述业务的传输需求,仍需进一步的研究。However, how to perform data transmission to meet the transmission requirements of the above-mentioned services still needs further research.
发明内容Summary of the invention
有鉴于此,本申请提供了一种数据传输方法及装置,用以实现数据包的错误递交,以有效利用接收端设备已经接收到的数据包,满足业务的传输需求。In view of this, the present application provides a data transmission method and device to implement the wrong delivery of data packets, so as to effectively use the data packets already received by the receiving end device to meet the transmission requirements of the business.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种数据传输方法,该方法可以应用于通信装置,在该方法中,通信装置接收第一数据包,若确定第一数据包传输错误,则对第一数据包执行错误递交。In the first aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a data transmission method, which can be applied to a communication device. In this method, the communication device receives a first data packet. The package execution error was submitted.
采用上述方法,通过对数据包执行错误递交,能够有效利用接收端设备已经接收到的数据包,满足业务的传输需求。By adopting the above method, by performing error delivery of data packets, the data packets that have been received by the receiving end device can be effectively used to meet the transmission requirements of the business.
在一种可能的设计中,通信装置确定第一数据包传输错误,包括:通信装置确定第一数据包的CRC校验失败;和/或,通信装置确定第一数据包译码失败。In a possible design, the communication device determining that the transmission of the first data packet is incorrect includes: the communication device determines that the CRC check of the first data packet fails; and/or the communication device determines that the decoding of the first data packet fails.
在一种可能的设计中,通信装置可以为网络设备或者设置在网络设备内部的芯片。In a possible design, the communication device may be a network device or a chip set inside the network device.
在一种可能的设计中,该方法还包括:通信装置发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示第一资源承载的数据支持错误递交;其中,第一数据包承载于第一资源。In a possible design, the method further includes: the communication device sending first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the data carried by the first resource supports error delivery; wherein the first data packet is carried by the first resource.
在一种可能的设计中,通信装置发送第一指示信息,包括:通信装置发送上行授权,上行授权用于指示第一资源,上行授权携带第一指示信息;或者,通信装置发送第一配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置第一资源,第一配置信息携带第一指示信息;或者,通信装置发送控制信息,控制信息用于激活第一资源,控制信息携带第一指示信息。In a possible design, the communication device sending the first indication information includes: the communication device sends an uplink grant, the uplink grant is used to indicate the first resource, and the uplink grant carries the first indication information; or the communication device sends the first configuration information , The first configuration information is used to configure the first resource, and the first configuration information carries the first indication information; or, the communication device sends control information, the control information is used to activate the first resource, and the control information carries the first indication information.
采用该种实现方式,网络设备可以通过指示第一资源承载的数据是否支持错误递交,来决定该次传输是否支持错误递交,从而增加了网络设备调控的灵活性。With this implementation method, the network device can determine whether the transmission supports error delivery by indicating whether the data carried by the first resource supports error delivery, thereby increasing the flexibility of network device control.
在一种可能的设计中,该方法还包括:通信装置接收第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第一数据包支持错误递交。In a possible design, the method further includes: the communication device receives second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the first data packet supports error delivery.
采用该种方式,终端设备可以向网络设备指示第一数据包支持错误递交,即可以由终端设备来确定该次传输是否支持错误递交,从而网络设备在分配资源时,可以无需指示资源承载的数据是否支持错误递交,降低网络设备的处理负担。In this way, the terminal device can indicate to the network device that the first data packet supports error delivery, that is, the terminal device can determine whether the transmission supports error delivery, so that the network device does not need to indicate the data carried by the resource when allocating resources. Whether to support wrong submission, reduce the processing burden of network equipment.
在一种可能的设计中,第一数据包和第二指示信息承载于通信装置分配的第一资源。In a possible design, the first data packet and the second indication information are carried in the first resource allocated by the communication device.
采用该种方式,第一数据包和第二指示信息均承载于第一资源,从而无需使用额外的资源来发送第二指示信息,能够有效节省传输资源。In this way, both the first data packet and the second indication information are carried on the first resource, so that no additional resources are needed to send the second indication information, which can effectively save transmission resources.
在一种可能的设计中,通信装置可以为终端设备或者设置在终端设备内部的芯片。In a possible design, the communication device may be a terminal device or a chip set inside the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,第一数据包承载于第二资源;该方法还包括:通信装置接收第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示第二资源承载的数据支持错误递交。In a possible design, the first data packet is carried on the second resource; the method further includes: the communication device receives third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the data carried by the second resource supports error delivery.
在一种可能的设计中,通信装置接收第三指示信息,包括:通信装置接收第一控制信息,第一控制信息用于调度第二资源,第一控制信息携带第三指示信息;或者,通信装置接收第二控制信息,第二控制信息用于激活第二资源,第二控制信息携带第三指示信息;或者,通信装置接收第二配置信息,第二配置信息用于配置第二资源,第二配置信息携带第三指示信息。In a possible design, the communication device receiving the third indication information includes: the communication device receives the first control information, the first control information is used to schedule the second resource, and the first control information carries the third indication information; or The device receives the second control information, the second control information is used to activate the second resource, and the second control information carries the third indication information; or, the communication device receives the second configuration information, and the second configuration information is used to configure the second resource. The second configuration information carries third instruction information.
在一种可能的设计中,第一数据包承载于第二资源;该方法还包括:通信装置根据预设控制资源集合和/或预设搜索空间接收第三控制信息,第三控制信息用于调度第二资源;预设控制资源集合和/或预设搜索空间承载的第三控制信息所调度的资源承载的数据支持错误递交;或者,通信装置在物理下行控制信道接收第三控制信息,第三控制信息用于调度第二资源;物理下行控制信道通过预设RNTI加扰,预设RNTI指示物理下行控制信道承载的第三控制信息所调度的资源承载的数据支持错误递交。In a possible design, the first data packet is carried on the second resource; the method further includes: the communication device receives third control information according to a preset control resource set and/or a preset search space, and the third control information is used for The second resource is scheduled; the data carried by the resource scheduled by the preset control resource set and/or the third control information carried by the preset search space supports error delivery; or the communication device receives the third control information on the physical downlink control channel, The third control information is used for scheduling the second resource; the physical downlink control channel is scrambled by a preset RNTI, and the preset RNTI indicates that the data carried by the resource scheduled by the third control information carried by the physical downlink control channel supports error delivery.
采用该种方式,通过隐式的方式来指示第二资源承载的数据支持错误递交,从而无需通过额外的资源来传输指示信息,能够有效节省传输资源。In this way, an implicit way is used to indicate that the data carried by the second resource supports erroneous delivery, so there is no need to transmit the indication information through additional resources, which can effectively save transmission resources.
在一种可能的设计中,该方法还包括:通信装置接收第三配置信息,第三配置信息用于为通信装置配置错误递交功能。In a possible design, the method further includes: the communication device receives third configuration information, and the third configuration information is used to configure the error delivery function for the communication device.
在一种可能的设计中,通信装置对第一数据包执行错误递交,包括:通信装置的HARQ实体将第一数据包和第四指示信息递交给解复用实体,第四指示信息用于指示第一数据包传输错误。In a possible design, the communication device performs error delivery of the first data packet, including: the HARQ entity of the communication device delivers the first data packet and fourth indication information to the demultiplexing entity, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate Transmission error of the first data packet.
在一种可能的设计中,第四指示信息用于指示第一数据包的译码正确率。In a possible design, the fourth indication information is used to indicate the decoding accuracy of the first data packet.
采用该种方式,通过指示第一数据包的译码正确率,从而使得上层可以更加清楚第一数据包的译码情况,以便于根据第一数据包的译码情况来执行相应操作。In this way, by indicating the correct rate of decoding of the first data packet, the upper layer can more clearly understand the decoding situation of the first data packet, so as to perform corresponding operations according to the decoding situation of the first data packet.
在一种可能的设计中,通信装置的HARQ实体将第一数据包和第四指示信息递交给解复用实体之前,还包括以下至少一项:通信装置的HARQ实体确定第一数据包的译码正确率大于第一阈值;通信装置的HARQ实体确定第一数据包的重传次数大于第二阈值;通信装置的HARQ实体确定第一数据包对应的定时器超时。In a possible design, before the HARQ entity of the communication device submits the first data packet and the fourth indication information to the demultiplexing entity, it further includes at least one of the following: the HARQ entity of the communication device determines the translation of the first data packet The code accuracy rate is greater than the first threshold; the HARQ entity of the communication device determines that the number of retransmissions of the first data packet is greater than the second threshold; the HARQ entity of the communication device determines that the timer corresponding to the first data packet has expired.
在一种可能的设计中,该方法还包括:通信装置的HARQ实体若接收到第一数据包的重传数据包,则向解复用实体递交重传数据包;进一步地,第一数据包可以为新传数据包。In a possible design, the method further includes: if the HARQ entity of the communication device receives the retransmitted data packet of the first data packet, submitting the retransmitted data packet to the demultiplexing entity; further, the first data packet It can be a new data packet.
在一种可能的设计中,通信装置的HARQ实体向解复用实体递交重传数据包之前,还包括:通信装置的HARQ实体确定重传数据包传输正确。In a possible design, before the HARQ entity of the communication device submits the retransmission data packet to the demultiplexing entity, it further includes: the HARQ entity of the communication device determines that the transmission of the retransmission data packet is correct.
在一种可能的设计中,该方法还包括:通信装置的HARQ实体针对第一数据包反馈确认回答ACK。In a possible design, the method further includes: the HARQ entity of the communication device responds with an ACK for the first data packet feedback confirmation.
在一种可能的设计中,通信装置对第一数据包执行错误递交,包括:通信装置的解复用实体将第一数据包和第五指示信息递交给RLC层实体,第五指示信息用于指示第一数据包传输错误。In a possible design, the communication device performs error delivery of the first data packet, including: the demultiplexing entity of the communication device delivers the first data packet and the fifth instruction information to the RLC layer entity, and the fifth instruction information is used for Indicates the transmission error of the first data packet.
在一种可能的设计中,通信装置的解复用实体将第一数据包递交给RLC层实体之前,还包括以下至少一项:通信装置的解复用实体从第一数据包中解析得到逻辑信道标识;通信装置的解复用实体从第一数据包中解析得到逻辑信道标识,且逻辑信道标识所对应的逻辑信道均支持错误递交;通信装置的解复用实体确定未向RLC层实体递交过第一数据包; 通信装置的解复用实体确定第一数据包的译码正确率大于第三阈值。In a possible design, before the demultiplexing entity of the communication device submits the first data packet to the RLC layer entity, it further includes at least one of the following: the demultiplexing entity of the communication device parses the logic from the first data packet Channel identification; the demultiplexing entity of the communication device parses the first data packet to obtain the logical channel identification, and the logical channels corresponding to the logical channel identification support error delivery; the demultiplexing entity of the communication device determines that it has not submitted to the RLC layer entity The first data packet is passed; the demultiplexing entity of the communication device determines that the decoding accuracy rate of the first data packet is greater than the third threshold.
在一种可能的设计中,该方法还包括:通信装置的解复用实体若确定第一数据包中包括MAC CE,则应用MAC CE。In a possible design, the method further includes: if the demultiplexing entity of the communication device determines that the MAC CE is included in the first data packet, applying the MAC CE.
在一种可能的设计中,通信装置的解复用实体执行MAC CE指示的行为之前,还包括以下至少一项:通信装置的解复用实体从第一数据包中解析得到逻辑信道标识;通信装置的解复用实体确定是首次收到第一数据包;通信装置的解复用实体确定第一数据包的译码正确率大于第四阈值。In a possible design, before the demultiplexing entity of the communication device performs the behavior indicated by the MAC CE, it further includes at least one of the following: the demultiplexing entity of the communication device parses the first data packet to obtain a logical channel identifier; communication; The demultiplexing entity of the device determines that the first data packet is received for the first time; the demultiplexing entity of the communication device determines that the decoding accuracy of the first data packet is greater than the fourth threshold.
在一种可能的设计中,该方法还包括:通信装置的RLC层实体若确定首次收到第一数据包,则移动RLC SN的窗口。类似地,通信装置的PDCP层实体若确定首次收到第一数据包,则移动PDCP SN的窗口。In a possible design, the method further includes: if the RLC layer entity of the communication device determines that the first data packet is received for the first time, moving the window of the RLC SN. Similarly, if the PDCP layer entity of the communication device determines that the first data packet is received for the first time, it moves the window of the PDCP SN.
采用上述方法,在首次收到第一数据包时,移动RLC SN和PDCP SN的窗口,若不是首次接收第一数据包,则可以不再移动RLC SN和PDCP SN的窗口,从而避免针对于同一数据包多次移动窗口而导致出现错误。Using the above method, when the first data packet is received for the first time, the windows of RLC SN and PDCP SN are moved. If the first data packet is not received for the first time, the windows of RLC SN and PDCP SN can not be moved any more, so as to avoid targeting the same The data packet moved the window multiple times and caused an error.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种数据传输方法,该方法可以应用于通信装置,在该方法中,通信装置组建第一数据包,并发送第一数据包;第一数据包支持错误递交。In the second aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a data transmission method, which can be applied to a communication device. In this method, the communication device constructs a first data packet and sends the first data packet; the first data packet supports error delivery .
采用上述方法,由于第一数据包支持错误递交,从而使得接收端设备接收到第一数据包后,能够对第一数据包执行错误递交,以有效利用接收端设备已经接收到的数据包,满足业务的传输需求。With the above method, since the first data packet supports error delivery, the receiving end device can perform error delivery on the first data packet after receiving the first data packet, so as to effectively use the data packets already received by the receiving end device to satisfy The transmission requirements of the business.
在一种可能的设计中,第一数据包支持错误递交,包括以下至少一项:第一数据包所属的业务支持错误递交;传输第一数据包的小区支持错误递交;第一数据包中包括来自至少一个逻辑信道的数据,至少一个逻辑信道中部分或全部支持错误递交。In a possible design, the first data packet supports erroneous delivery, including at least one of the following: the service to which the first data packet belongs supports erroneous delivery; the cell that transmits the first data packet supports erroneous delivery; the first data packet includes For data from at least one logical channel, part or all of the at least one logical channel supports error delivery.
在一种可能的设计中,通信装置可以为终端设备或者设置在终端设备内部的芯片。In a possible design, the communication device may be a terminal device or a chip set inside the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,该方法还包括:通信装置接收第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示第一资源支持错误递交;通信装置发送第一数据包,包括:通信装置在第一资源上发送第一数据包。In a possible design, the method further includes: the communication device receives first indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate that the first resource supports error delivery; the communication device sends the first data packet, including: the communication device is in the first The first data packet is sent on the resource.
在一种可能的设计中,通信装置接收第一指示信息,包括:通信装置接收上行授权,上行授权用于指示第一资源,上行授权携带第一指示信息;或者,通信装置接收第一配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置第一资源,第一配置信息携带第一指示信息;或者,通信装置接收控制信息,控制信息用于激活第一资源,控制信息携带第一指示信息。In a possible design, the communication device receiving the first indication information includes: the communication device receives the uplink grant, the uplink grant is used to indicate the first resource, and the uplink grant carries the first indication information; or, the communication device receives the first configuration information , The first configuration information is used to configure the first resource, and the first configuration information carries the first indication information; or, the communication device receives the control information, the control information is used to activate the first resource, and the control information carries the first indication information.
在一种可能的设计中,该方法还包括:通信装置发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第一数据包支持错误递交。In a possible design, the method further includes: the communication device sends second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the first data packet supports error delivery.
采用该种方式,终端设备组建数据包后,若确定组建的数据包支持错误递交,则可以向网络设备指示该数据包支持错误递交,即可以由终端设备来确定该次传输是否支持错误递交,从而网络设备在分配资源时,可以无需指示资源承载的数据是否支持错误递交,降低网络设备的处理负担。In this way, after the terminal device constructs a data packet, if it is determined that the constructed data packet supports error delivery, it can indicate to the network device that the data packet supports error delivery, that is, the terminal device can determine whether the transmission supports error delivery. Therefore, when the network device allocates resources, there is no need to indicate whether the data carried by the resource supports error delivery, which reduces the processing burden of the network device.
在一种可能的设计中,第二指示信息用于指示在第一数据包符合以下至少一项时,第一数据包支持错误递交:第一数据包的译码正确率大于第一阈值;第一数据包的重传次数大于第二阈值;第一数据包对应的定时器超时。In a possible design, the second indication information is used to indicate that the first data packet supports error delivery when the first data packet meets at least one of the following: the decoding accuracy rate of the first data packet is greater than the first threshold; The number of retransmissions of a data packet is greater than the second threshold; the timer corresponding to the first data packet expires.
在一种可能的设计中,通信装置发送第一数据包和第二指示信息,包括:通信装置在第一资源上发送第一数据包和第二指示信息。In a possible design, the communication device sending the first data packet and the second indication information includes: the communication device sending the first data packet and the second indication information on the first resource.
在一种可能的设计中,通信装置在第一资源上发送第一数据包和第二指示信息,包括:通信装置对第一数据包进行打孔,并在第一资源上发送打孔后的第一数据包和第二指示信息;或者,通信装置对第一数据包和第二指示信息进行联合编码,并在第一资源上发送联合编码后的信息。In a possible design, the communication device sending the first data packet and the second indication information on the first resource includes: the communication device punctures the first data packet, and sends the punctured data packet on the first resource The first data packet and the second indication information; or, the communication device performs joint coding on the first data packet and the second indication information, and sends the joint coded information on the first resource.
在一种可能的设计中,该方法还包括:通信装置接收第二配置信息,第二配置信息用于指示一个或多个逻辑信道是否支持错误递交。In a possible design, the method further includes: the communication device receives second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to indicate whether one or more logical channels support error delivery.
在一种可能的设计中,通信装置可以为网络设备或者设置在网络设备内部的芯片。In a possible design, the communication device may be a network device or a chip set inside the network device.
在一种可能的设计中,第一数据包承载于第二资源;该方法还包括:通信装置发送第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示第二资源支持错误递交。In a possible design, the first data packet is carried on the second resource; the method further includes: the communication device sends third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the second resource supports error delivery.
在一种可能的设计中,通信装置为DU,该方法还包括:接收来自CU的第四指示信息,第四指示信息用于指示一个或多个逻辑信道是否支持错误递交。In a possible design, the communication device is a DU, and the method further includes: receiving fourth indication information from the CU, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate whether one or more logical channels support error delivery.
在一种可能的设计中,通信装置发送第一数据包,包括:通信装置的MAC层实体将第一数据包和第五指示信息递交给物理层实体,第五指示信息用于指示第一数据包的SDAP头、PDCP头、RLC头、MAC头中的至少一项在第一数据包中的位置;通信装置的物理层实体根据第五指示信息,发送第一数据包。In a possible design, the communication device sending the first data packet includes: the MAC layer entity of the communication device submits the first data packet and the fifth indication information to the physical layer entity, and the fifth indication information is used to indicate the first data The position of at least one of the SDAP header, PDCP header, RLC header, and MAC header of the packet in the first data packet; the physical layer entity of the communication device sends the first data packet according to the fifth indication information.
采用该种方式,MAC层通知物理层第一数据包中SDAP头、PDCP头、RLC头、MAC头的位置,即第一数据包中哪些比特比较重要,从而便于物理层在传输第一数据包时,优先保证SDAP头、PDCP头、RLC头、MAC头所在位置的比特的成功传输。In this way, the MAC layer informs the physical layer of the positions of the SDAP header, PDCP header, RLC header, and MAC header in the first data packet, that is, which bits in the first data packet are more important, so as to facilitate the physical layer to transmit the first data packet At this time, priority is given to ensuring the successful transmission of the bits at the location of the SDAP header, PDCP header, RLC header, and MAC header.
在一种可能的设计中,第一数据包包括一个PDCP SDU或一个PDCP SDU片段。In a possible design, the first data packet includes one PDCP SDU or one PDCP SDU fragment.
采用该种方式,物理层在接收到MAC层递交的第一数据包后,可以获知SDAP头、PDCP头、RLC头、MAC头在第一数据包中的位置(比如SDAP头、PDCP头、RLC头、MAC头分布在第一数据包的前部),进而在传输第一数据包时,优先保证SDAP头、PDCP头、RLC头、MAC头所在位置的比特的成功传输,即优先保证前面的比特能正确传输。In this way, after receiving the first data packet submitted by the MAC layer, the physical layer can learn the position of the SDAP header, PDCP header, RLC header, and MAC header in the first data packet (such as SDAP header, PDCP header, RLC) Header and MAC header are distributed in the front part of the first data packet), and then when transmitting the first data packet, priority is given to ensuring the successful transmission of the bits at the location of the SDAP header, PDCP header, RLC header, and MAC header. The bits can be transmitted correctly.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括网络设备和核心网设备;其中,网络设备用于执行上述第一方面或第二方面中部分可能的设计中所述的方法。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, which includes a network device and a core network device; wherein the network device is used to execute the method described in some possible designs in the first aspect or the second aspect. .
在一种可能的设计中,核心网设备用于,向网络设备发送一个或多个业务的业务信息;其中,一个或多个业务中包括第一业务,第一业务的业务信息包括以下至少一项:第一业务的时延预算;第一业务的错误递交指示,第一业务的错误递交指示用于指示所述第一业务是否支持错误递交;第一业务所对应的一个或多个数据流的错误递交指示,数据流的错误递交指示用于指示数据流是否支持错误递交。In a possible design, the core network device is used to send service information of one or more services to the network device; wherein, one or more services include the first service, and the service information of the first service includes at least one of the following Item: Delay budget of the first service; error delivery instruction of the first service, the error delivery instruction of the first service is used to indicate whether the first service supports error delivery; one or more data streams corresponding to the first service The error delivery instruction of the data stream is used to indicate whether the data stream supports error delivery.
第四方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,所述通信装置可以为终端设备(或者设置在终端设备内部的芯片)或者网络设备(或者设置在网络设备内部的芯片)。所述通信装置具备实现上述第一方面或第二方面的功能,比如,所述通信装置包括执行上述第一方面或第二方面涉及步骤所对应的模块或单元或手段(means),所述功能或单元或手段可以通过软件实现,或者通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。In a fourth aspect, the present application provides a communication device. The communication device may be a terminal device (or a chip set inside the terminal device) or a network device (or a chip set inside the network device). The communication device has the function of implementing the first aspect or the second aspect. For example, the communication device includes a module or unit or means corresponding to the steps involved in the first or second aspect. The function Or the unit or means can be realized by software, or by hardware, and can also be realized by hardware executing corresponding software.
在一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括处理单元、通信单元,其中,通信单元可以用于收发信号,以实现该通信装置和其它装置之间的通信;处理单元可以用于执行该通信装置的一些内部操作。处理单元、通信单元执行的功能可以和上述第一方面或第二方面涉及的步骤相对应。In a possible design, the communication device includes a processing unit and a communication unit, where the communication unit can be used to send and receive signals to achieve communication between the communication device and other devices; the processing unit can be used to perform the communication Some internal operations of the device. The functions performed by the processing unit and the communication unit may correspond to the steps involved in the first aspect or the second aspect described above.
在一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括处理器,还可以包括收发器,所述收发器用 于收发信号,所述处理器执行程序指令,以完成上述第一方面或第二方面中任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。其中,所述通信装置还可以包括一个或多个存储器,所述存储器用于与处理器耦合。所述一个或多个存储器可以和处理器集成在一起,也可以与处理器分离设置,本申请并不限定。存储器可以保存实现上述第一方面或第二方面涉及的功能的必要计算机程序或指令。所述处理器可执行所述存储器存储的计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令被执行时,使得所述通信装置实现上述第一方面或第二方面任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。In a possible design, the communication device includes a processor, and may also include a transceiver. The transceiver is used to send and receive signals, and the processor executes program instructions to complete any of the above-mentioned first or second aspects. Possible design or method of implementation. Wherein, the communication device may further include one or more memories, and the memories are used for coupling with the processor. The one or more memories may be integrated with the processor, or may be provided separately from the processor, which is not limited in this application. The memory may store necessary computer programs or instructions for realizing the functions related to the first aspect or the second aspect. The processor can execute the computer program or instruction stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, the communication device realizes any of the possible designs or implementations of the first aspect or the second aspect. method.
在一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括处理器和存储器,存储器可以保存实现上述第一方面或第二方面涉及的功能的必要计算机程序或指令。所述处理器可执行所述存储器存储的计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令被执行时,使得所述通信装置实现上述第一方面或第二方面任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。In a possible design, the communication device includes a processor and a memory, and the memory can store necessary computer programs or instructions for realizing the functions related to the first aspect or the second aspect. The processor can execute the computer program or instruction stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, the communication device realizes any of the possible designs or implementations of the first aspect or the second aspect. method.
在一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括至少一个处理器和接口电路,其中,至少一个处理器用于通过所述接口电路与其它装置通信,并执行上述第一方面或第二方面任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。In a possible design, the communication device includes at least one processor and an interface circuit, where at least one processor is used to communicate with other devices through the interface circuit, and execute any possibility of the first aspect or the second aspect. The method in the design or implementation.
第五方面,本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机存储介质中存储有计算机可读指令,当计算机读取并执行所述计算机可读指令时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面或第二方面的任一种可能的设计中的方法。In a fifth aspect, this application provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores computer-readable instructions. When the computer reads and executes the computer-readable instructions, the computer executes the first aspect or Any possible design method of the second aspect.
第六方面,本申请提供一种计算机程序产品,当计算机读取并执行所述计算机程序产品时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面或第二方面的任一种可能的设计中的方法。In a sixth aspect, this application provides a computer program product, which when a computer reads and executes the computer program product, causes the computer to execute any one of the possible design methods of the first aspect or the second aspect.
第七方面,本申请提供一种芯片,所述芯片包括处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的软件程序,以实现上述第一方面或第二方面的任一种可能的设计中的方法。In a seventh aspect, the present application provides a chip that includes a processor, and the processor is coupled with a memory, and is configured to read and execute a software program stored in the memory to implement the above-mentioned first aspect or second aspect. Any one of the possible design methods.
本申请的这些方面或其它方面在以下实施例的描述中会更加简明易懂。These and other aspects of the application will be more concise and understandable in the description of the following embodiments.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1a为本申请实施例适用的一种可能的系统架构示意图;FIG. 1a is a schematic diagram of a possible system architecture to which an embodiment of this application is applicable;
图1b为本申请实施例适用的又一种网络架构示意图;FIG. 1b is a schematic diagram of another network architecture to which the embodiments of this application are applicable;
图1c为本申请实施例适用的又一种网络架构示意图;FIG. 1c is a schematic diagram of another network architecture to which an embodiment of this application is applicable;
图2a为本申请实施例提供的下行数据在各层间传输示意图;2a is a schematic diagram of downlink data transmission between various layers provided by an embodiment of this application;
图2b为本申请实施例提供的发送端设备和接收端设备之间传输数据的示意图;FIG. 2b is a schematic diagram of data transmission between a sending end device and a receiving end device according to an embodiment of the application;
图2c为本申请实施例提供的接收端设备的译码和HARQ反馈流程示意图;FIG. 2c is a schematic diagram of the decoding and HARQ feedback flow of the receiving end device according to an embodiment of the application;
图3为本申请实施例一提供的数据传输方法所对应的流程示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a flow corresponding to the data transmission method provided in the first embodiment of the application; FIG.
图4为本申请实施例提供的HARQ实体的错误递交示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of incorrect submission of HARQ entities provided by an embodiment of the application;
图5为本申请实施例二提供的数据传输方法所对应的流程示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a process corresponding to the data transmission method provided in the second embodiment of the application; FIG.
图6为本申请实施例中所涉及的装置的可能的示例性框图;FIG. 6 is a possible exemplary block diagram of a device involved in an embodiment of this application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的另一种网络设备的结构示意图。FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of another network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行描述,显然,所描述的实施例仅仅是本发明一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。The following describes the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. Obviously, the described embodiments are only a part of the embodiments of the present invention, rather than all the embodiments.
首先,对本申请实施例中的部分用语进行解释说明,以便于本领域技术人员理解。First, some terms in the embodiments of the present application are explained to facilitate the understanding of those skilled in the art.
(1)终端设备:可以是能够接收网络设备调度和指示信息的无线终端设备,无线终端设备可以是指向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,或具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备。终端设备可以经无线接入网(如,radio access network,RAN)与一个或多个核心网或者互联网进行通信,终端设备可以是移动终端设备,如移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话,手机(mobile phone))、计算机和数据卡,例如,可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置,它们与无线接入网交换语言和/或数据。例如,个人通信业务(personal communication service,PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(SIP)话机、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑等设备。无线终端设备也可以称为系统、订户单元(subscriber unit)、订户站(subscriber station),移动站(mobile station)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、远程站(remote station)、接入点(access point,AP)、远程终端设备(remote terminal)、接入终端设备(access terminal)、用户终端设备(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、用户站(subscriber station,SS)、用户端设备(customer premises equipment,CPE)、终端(terminal)、用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)等。终端设备也可以是可穿戴设备以及下一代通信系统,例如,5G通信系统中的终端设备或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备等。(1) Terminal device: It can be a wireless terminal device that can receive network device scheduling and instruction information. A wireless terminal device can be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to users, or a handheld device with wireless connection function, or Other processing equipment connected to the wireless modem. A terminal device can communicate with one or more core networks or the Internet via a radio access network (e.g., radio access network, RAN). The terminal device can be a mobile terminal device, such as a mobile phone (or called a "cellular" phone, mobile phone). (mobile phone)), computers and data cards, for example, can be portable, pocket-sized, handheld, built-in computer or vehicle-mounted mobile devices, which exchange language and/or data with the wireless access network. For example, personal communication service (PCS) phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (PDAs), and tablets Computers (Pad), computers with wireless transceiver functions and other equipment. Wireless terminal equipment can also be called system, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station (MS), remote station (remote station), access point ( access point (AP), remote terminal equipment (remote terminal), access terminal equipment (access terminal), user terminal equipment (user terminal), user agent (user agent), subscriber station (SS), user terminal equipment (customer premises equipment, CPE), terminal (terminal), user equipment (user equipment, UE), mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT), etc. The terminal device may also be a wearable device and a next-generation communication system, for example, a terminal device in a 5G communication system or a terminal device in a public land mobile network (PLMN) that will evolve in the future.
(2)网络设备:可以是无线网络中的设备,例如网络设备可以为将终端接入到无线网络的无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)节点(或设备),又可以称为基站。目前,一些RAN设备的举例为:5G通信系统中的新一代基站(generation Node B,gNodeB)、传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、演进型节点B(evolved Node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(base band unit,BBU)、无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)接入点(access point,AP)、路边单元(road side unit,RSU)、融合接入回传(integrated access and backhaul,IAB)系统中的接入点、TSN网络中的控制节点和终端节点等。另外,在一种网络结构中,网络设备可以包括集中单元(centralized unit,CU)节点、或分布单元(distributed unit,DU)节点、或包括CU节点和DU节点的RAN设备。此外,在其它可能的情况下,网络设备可以是其它为终端设备提供无线通信功能的装置。本申请的实施例对网络设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。为方便描述,本申请实施例中,为终端设备提供无线通信功能的装置称为网络设备。(2) Network equipment: It can be a device in a wireless network. For example, a network device can be a radio access network (RAN) node (or device) that connects a terminal to the wireless network, and can also be called a base station. At present, some examples of RAN equipment are: new generation Node B (gNodeB), transmission reception point (TRP), evolved Node B (evolved Node B, eNB), wireless network in 5G communication system Controller (radio network controller, RNC), node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB), Or home Node B, HNB, baseband unit (BBU), wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) access point (AP), roadside unit (RSU), The access point in the integrated access and backhaul (IAB) system, the control node and the terminal node in the TSN network, etc. In addition, in a network structure, the network device may include a centralized unit (CU) node, or a distributed unit (DU) node, or a RAN device including a CU node and a DU node. In addition, in other possible situations, the network device may be another device that provides wireless communication functions for the terminal device. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the network device. For ease of description, in the embodiments of the present application, a device that provides a wireless communication function for a terminal device is referred to as a network device.
(3)本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”可被互换使用。“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A、同时存在A和B、单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个) 或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如“A,B和C中的至少一个”包括A,B,C,AB,AC,BC或ABC。(3) The terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of this application can be used interchangeably. "At least one" means one or more, and "plurality" means two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: the existence of A alone, both A and B, and B alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship. "The following at least one item (a)" or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or a plurality of items (a). For example, "at least one of A, B, and C" includes A, B, C, AB, AC, BC, or ABC.
以及,除非有特别说明,本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词是用于对多个对象进行区分,不用于限定多个对象的顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度。例如,第一终端设备和第二终端设备,只是为了区分不同的终端设备,而并不是表示这两种终端设备的优先级或者重要程度等的不同。And, unless otherwise specified, the ordinal numbers such as "first" and "second" mentioned in the embodiments of this application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority, or importance of multiple objects. degree. For example, the first terminal device and the second terminal device are only used to distinguish different terminal devices, but do not indicate the difference in priority or importance of the two terminal devices.
图1a为本申请实施例适用的一种网络架构示意图。如图1a所示,终端设备130可接入到无线网络,以通过无线网络获取外网(例如因特网)的服务,或者通过无线网络与其它设备通信,如可以与其它终端设备通信。该无线网络包括无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)设备110和核心网(core network,CN)设备120,其中RAN设备110用于将终端设备130接入到无线网络,CN设备120用于对终端设备进行管理并提供与外网通信的网关。应理解,图1a所示的通信系统中各个设备的数量仅作为示意,本申请实施例并不限于此,实际应用中在通信系统中还可以包括更多的终端设备130、更多的RAN设备110,还可以包括其它设备。Figure 1a is a schematic diagram of a network architecture to which an embodiment of this application is applicable. As shown in FIG. 1a, the terminal device 130 can access a wireless network to obtain services from an external network (such as the Internet) through the wireless network, or communicate with other devices through the wireless network, for example, it can communicate with other terminal devices. The wireless network includes a radio access network (RAN) device 110 and a core network (core network, CN) device 120. The RAN device 110 is used to connect the terminal device 130 to the wireless network, and the CN device 120 is used to Manage terminal equipment and provide a gateway for communication with the external network. It should be understood that the number of devices in the communication system shown in FIG. 1a is only for illustration, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this. In actual applications, the communication system may also include more terminal devices 130 and more RAN devices. 110, may also include other devices.
CN中可以包括多个CN设备120,当图1a所示的网络架构适用于5G通信系统时,CN设备120可以为接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)实体、会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)实体或用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)实体等,本申请实施例中以CN设备120为UPF实体为例。示例性地,终端设备130和RAN设备110之间的接口可以称为Uu接口或空口,RAN设备110和UPF实体之间的接口可以称为N3接口。The CN may include multiple CN devices 120. When the network architecture shown in Figure 1a is applicable to a 5G communication system, the CN device 120 may be an access and mobility management function (AMF) entity, session management A function (session management function, SMF) entity or a user plane function (UPF) entity, etc., in the embodiment of the present application, the CN device 120 is an UPF entity as an example. Exemplarily, the interface between the terminal device 130 and the RAN device 110 may be called a Uu interface or an air interface, and the interface between the RAN device 110 and the UPF entity may be called an N3 interface.
图1b为本申请实施例适用的又一种网络架构示意图。如图1b所示,该网络架构包括CN设备、RAN设备和终端设备。其中,RAN设备包括基带装置和射频装置,其中基带装置可以由一个节点实现,也可以由多个节点实现,射频装置可以从基带装置拉远独立实现,也可以集成在基带装置中,或者部分拉远部分集成在基带装置中。例如,在LTE通信系统中,RAN设备(eNB)包括基带装置和射频装置,其中射频装置可以相对于基带装置拉远布置,例如射频拉远单元(remote radio unit,RRU)相对于BBU拉远布置。又例如,在一种演进结构中,RAN设备可以包括CU和DU,多个DU可以由一个CU集中控制,CU和DU之间的接口可以称为F1-U接口。FIG. 1b is a schematic diagram of another network architecture to which an embodiment of this application is applicable. As shown in Figure 1b, the network architecture includes CN equipment, RAN equipment, and terminal equipment. Among them, the RAN equipment includes a baseband device and a radio frequency device. The baseband device can be implemented by one node or by multiple nodes. The radio frequency device can be implemented remotely from the baseband device, or integrated in the baseband device, or partially pulled. The remote part is integrated in the baseband device. For example, in an LTE communication system, the RAN equipment (eNB) includes a baseband device and a radio frequency device, where the radio frequency device can be arranged remotely relative to the baseband device, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) arranged remotely relative to the BBU . For another example, in an evolution structure, a RAN device may include a CU and a DU, multiple DUs may be centrally controlled by one CU, and the interface between the CU and the DU may be called an F1-U interface.
图1c为本申请实施例适用的又一种网络架构示意图。相对于图1b所示的网络架构,图1c中还可以将CU的控制面(CP)和用户面(UP)分离,分成不同实体来实现,分别为控制面(control plane,CP)CU实体(即CU-CP实体)和用户面(user plane,UP)CU实体(即CU-UP实体)。FIG. 1c is a schematic diagram of another network architecture to which an embodiment of this application is applicable. Compared with the network architecture shown in Figure 1b, in Figure 1c, the control plane (CP) and the user plane (UP) of the CU can also be separated and implemented by dividing them into different entities, which are respectively the control plane (CP) CU entity ( That is, the CU-CP entity) and the user plane (UP) CU entity (ie, the CU-UP entity).
在以上网络架构中,CU产生的信令可以通过DU发送给终端设备,或者终端设备产生的信令可以通过DU发送给CU。DU可以不对该信令进行解析而直接通过协议层封装而透传给终端设备或CU。以下实施例中如果涉及这种信令在DU和终端设备之间的传输,此时,DU对信令的发送或接收包括这种场景。例如,无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)层或分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层的信令最终会处理为物理层的信令发送给终端设备,或者,由接收到的物理层的信令转变而来。在这种架构下,该RRC或PDCP层的信令,即也可以认为是由DU发送的,或者,由DU和 射频装载发送的。In the above network architecture, the signaling generated by the CU can be sent to the terminal device through the DU, or the signaling generated by the terminal device can be sent to the CU through the DU. The DU may directly pass the protocol layer encapsulation without analyzing the signaling and transparently transmit it to the terminal device or the CU. In the following embodiments, if the transmission of such signaling between the DU and the terminal device is involved, at this time, the sending or receiving of the signaling by the DU includes this scenario. For example, the radio resource control (RRC) layer or the packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer signaling will eventually be processed as physical layer signaling and sent to the terminal device, or received The signaling of the physical layer is transformed. In this architecture, the RRC or PDCP layer signaling can also be considered to be sent by the DU, or sent by the DU and radio frequency load.
上述图1a、图1b或图1c所示意的网络架构可以适用于各种无线接入技术(radio access technology,RAT)的通信系统中,例如可以是5G(或者称为新无线(new radio,NR))通信系统,当然也可以是未来的通信系统。本申请实施例描述的网络架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着通信网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。The network architecture shown in Figure 1a, Figure 1b, or Figure 1c can be applied to various radio access technology (RAT) communication systems, such as 5G (or called new radio (NR)). )) The communication system, of course, can also be a future communication system. The network architecture and business scenarios described in the embodiments of this application are intended to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of this application. Those of ordinary skill in the art will know that with communication With the evolution of the network architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are equally applicable to similar technical problems.
本申请以下实施例中的装置,根据其实现的功能,可以位于终端设备或网络设备。当采用以上CU-DU的结构时,网络设备可以为CU、或DU、或包括CU和DU的RAN设备。The devices in the following embodiments of the present application may be located in terminal equipment or network equipment according to their realized functions. When the above CU-DU structure is adopted, the network device may be a CU, or DU, or a RAN device including CU and DU.
在上述图1a、图1b或图1c所示意的网络架构中,网络设备和终端设备之间的通信可以遵循一定的协议层结构,例如控制面协议层结构可以包括RRC层、PDCP层、无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层和物理层(physical layer,PHY)等协议层的功能;用户面协议层结构可以包括PDCP层、RLC层、MAC层和物理层等协议层的功能;在一种可能的实现中,PDCP层之上还可以包括业务数据适配(service data adaptation protocol,SDAP)层。示例性地,网络设备可以由一个节点实现RRC、PDCP、RLC和MAC等协议层的功能,或者可以由多个节点实现这些协议层的功能。例如,若网络设备包括CU和DU,则CU和DU可以根据无线网络的协议层划分,例如PDCP层及以上协议层的功能设置在CU,PDCP以下的协议层,例如RLC层和MAC层等的功能设置在DU。这种协议层的划分仅仅是一种举例,还可以在其它协议层划分,例如在RLC层划分,将RLC层及以上协议层的功能设置在CU,RLC层以下协议层的功能设置在DU;或者,在某个协议层中划分,例如将RLC层的部分功能和RLC层以上的协议层的功能设置在CU,将RLC层的剩余功能和RLC层以下的协议层的功能设置在DU。此外,也可以按其它方式划分,例如按时延划分,将处理时间需要满足时延要求的功能设置在DU,不需要满足该时延要求的功能设置在CU。In the network architecture shown in Figure 1a, Figure 1b, or Figure 1c, the communication between the network device and the terminal device can follow a certain protocol layer structure. For example, the control plane protocol layer structure can include the RRC layer, the PDCP layer, and the wireless link. Functions of protocol layers such as radio link control (RLC) layer, media access control (MAC) layer, and physical layer (PHY); user plane protocol layer structure can include PDCP layer and RLC layer , MAC layer, physical layer and other protocol layer functions; in a possible implementation, the PDCP layer may also include a service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) layer. Exemplarily, a network device may implement the functions of protocol layers such as RRC, PDCP, RLC, and MAC by one node, or may implement the functions of these protocol layers by multiple nodes. For example, if the network equipment includes CU and DU, CU and DU can be divided according to the protocol layer of the wireless network. For example, the functions of the PDCP layer and the above protocol layers are set in the CU, and the protocol layers below PDCP, such as the RLC layer and the MAC layer, etc. The function is set in DU. This type of protocol layer division is just an example, it can also be divided in other protocol layers, for example, in the RLC layer, the functions of the RLC layer and above protocol layers are set in the CU, and the functions of the protocol layers below the RLC layer are set in the DU; Or, in a certain protocol layer, for example, part of the functions of the RLC layer and the functions of the protocol layer above the RLC layer are set in the CU, and the remaining functions of the RLC layer and the functions of the protocol layer below the RLC layer are set in the DU. In addition, it can also be divided in other ways, for example, by time delay. The functions that need to meet the time delay requirements for processing time are set in the DU, and the functions that do not need to meet the delay requirements are set in the CU.
以网络设备和终端设备之间的数据传输为例,数据传输需要经过用户面协议层,比如经过SDAP层、PDCP层、RLC层、MAC层、物理层,其中,SDAP层、PDCP层、RLC层、MAC层、物理层也可以统称为接入层。根据数据的传输方向分为发送或接收,上述每层又分为发送部分和接收部分。以下数据传输为例,参见图2a所示为下行数据在各层间传输示意图,图2a中向下的箭头表示数据发送,向上的箭头表示数据接收。PDCP层自上层取得数据后,会将数据传送到RLC层与MAC层,再由MAC层生成传输块(transport block,TB),然后通过物理层进行无线传输。数据在各个层中进行相对应的封装,某一层从该层的上层收到的数据视为该层的服务数据单元(service data unit,SDU),经过层封装后成为PDU,再传递给下一个层。例如PDCP层从上层接收到的数据称为PDCP SDU,PDCP层发送到下层的数据称为PDCP PDU;RLC层从上层接收到的数据称为RLC SDU,RLC层发送到下层的数据称为RLC PDU;MAC层从上层接收到的数据称为MAC SDU,MAC层发送到下层的数据称为MAC PDU,MAC PDU也可以称为传输块。在协议中,层间的联系大都以通道的方式进行对应。RLC层与MAC层间通过逻辑信道(logical channel,LCH)对应,MAC层与物理层则是通过传输通道(transport channel)对应,物理层以下为物理信道(physical channel),用来对应到另一端的物理层。Take the data transmission between network equipment and terminal equipment as an example. Data transmission needs to go through the user plane protocol layer, such as through the SDAP layer, PDCP layer, RLC layer, MAC layer, and physical layer. Among them, the SDAP layer, PDCP layer, RLC layer The MAC layer and the physical layer can also be collectively referred to as the access layer. According to the data transmission direction, it is divided into sending or receiving, and each layer mentioned above is divided into sending part and receiving part. The following data transmission is taken as an example. Figure 2a shows a schematic diagram of downlink data transmission between layers. In Figure 2a, the downward arrow indicates data transmission, and the upward arrow indicates data reception. After the PDCP layer obtains data from the upper layer, it transmits the data to the RLC layer and the MAC layer, and then the MAC layer generates a transport block (TB), and then performs wireless transmission through the physical layer. Data is encapsulated correspondingly in each layer. The data received by a certain layer from the upper layer of the layer is regarded as the service data unit (SDU) of the layer, and after layer encapsulation, it becomes a PDU, and then is passed to the lower layer. One layer. For example, the data received by the PDCP layer from the upper layer is called PDCP SDU, the data sent by the PDCP layer to the lower layer is called PDCP PDU; the data received by the RLC layer from the upper layer is called RLC SDU, and the data sent by the RLC layer to the lower layer is called RLC PDU. ; The data received by the MAC layer from the upper layer is called MAC SDU, the data sent by the MAC layer to the lower layer is called MAC PDU, and MAC PDU can also be called a transport block. In the protocol, the connections between layers are mostly corresponded in the way of channels. The RLC layer and the MAC layer correspond to each other through a logical channel (LCH), and the MAC layer and the physical layer correspond to each other through a transport channel. Below the physical layer is a physical channel, which is used to correspond to the other end. The physical layer.
示例性地,根据图2a还可以看出,终端设备还具有应用层和非接入层;其中,应用层可以用于向终端设备中所安装的应用程序提供服务,比如,终端设备接收到的下行数据可以由物理层依次传输到应用层,进而由应用层提供给应用程序;又比如,应用层可以获取应用程序产生的数据(比如用户使用应用程序录制的视频等),并将数据依次传输到物理层,发送给其它通信装置。非接入层可以用于转发用户数据,比如将从应用层接收到的上行数据转发给SDAP层或者将从SDAP层接收到的下行数据转发给应用层。Exemplarily, according to Figure 2a, it can also be seen that the terminal device also has an application layer and a non-access layer; where the application layer can be used to provide services to applications installed in the terminal device, for example, the terminal device receives Downlink data can be sequentially transmitted from the physical layer to the application layer, and then provided to the application by the application layer; for example, the application layer can obtain data generated by the application (such as the video recorded by the user using the application, etc.), and transmit the data in turn To the physical layer, send to other communication devices. The non-access layer can be used to forward user data, such as forwarding uplink data received from the application layer to the SDAP layer or forwarding downlink data received from the SDAP layer to the application layer.
参见图2b所示,MAC层中可以包括一个或多个子功能实体或模块,比如复用或解复用实体、混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request,HARQ)实体、编码或译码实体。物理层中也可以包括一个或多个子功能实体或模块,比如循环冗余校验(cyclic redundancy check,CRC)校验模块。下面分别从发送端设备和接收端设备的角度对上述子功能实体或模块进行介绍。其中,发送端设备可以为终端设备,接收端设备可以为网络设备;或者,发送端设备可以为网络设备,接收端设备可以为终端设备。As shown in FIG. 2b, the MAC layer may include one or more sub-function entities or modules, such as multiplexing or demultiplexing entities, hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) entities, encoding or decoding entities. The physical layer may also include one or more sub-functional entities or modules, such as a cyclic redundancy check (cyclic redundancy check, CRC) check module. The above sub-function entities or modules will be introduced from the perspectives of the sending end device and the receiving end device respectively. Among them, the sending end device may be a terminal device, and the receiving end device may be a network device; or, the sending end device may be a network device, and the receiving end device may be a terminal device.
对于发送端设备来说,MAC层中可以包括复用实体、HARQ实体、编码实体。其中,复用实体可以用于对从RLC层接收到的RLC PDU进行复用得到MAC PDU,并递交给HARQ实体;一个RLC层实体对应一个逻辑信道,RLC PDU也可以称为MAC SDU。复用的方式可以有多种,比如分段和级联。举个例子,复用实体可以对从逻辑信道1中接收到的RLC PDU进行分段,比如分为两个RLC PDU片段,分别为RLC PDU片段1和RLC PDU片段2,进而根据RLC PDU片段1得到MAC PDU1,根据RLC PDU片段2得到MAC PDU2。再举个例子,复用实体可以对从逻辑信道1中接收到的RLC PDU1和从逻辑信道2接收到RLC PDU2进行级联,进而根据级联后的RLC PDU1和RLC PDU2得到一个MAC PDU;不同逻辑信道的RLC PDU可以通过MAC PDU头中的逻辑信道标识(LCH ID)来区分。需要说明的是,图2b中是以复用的方式为级联为例进行示意的。进一步地,HARQ实体可以将从复用实体接收到的MAC PDU递交给编码实体,进而由编码实体进行编码,进而将编码后的MAC PDU传输给物理层。更进一步地,物理层中的CRC校验模块对从MAC层接收到的MAC PDU进行CRC校验处理,并传输给接收端设备。For the sender device, the MAC layer may include multiplexing entities, HARQ entities, and coding entities. Among them, the multiplexing entity can be used to multiplex the RLC PDU received from the RLC layer to obtain the MAC PDU, and submit it to the HARQ entity; one RLC layer entity corresponds to one logical channel, and the RLC PDU can also be called MAC SDU. There can be multiple ways of multiplexing, such as segmentation and cascading. For example, the multiplexing entity can segment the RLC PDU received from logical channel 1, for example, into two RLC PDU segments, RLC PDU segment 1 and RLC PDU segment 2, and then according to RLC PDU segment 1. Obtain MAC PDU1, and obtain MAC PDU2 according to RLC PDU fragment 2. For another example, the multiplexing entity can concatenate RLC PDU1 received from logical channel 1 and RLC PDU2 received from logical channel 2, and then obtain a MAC PDU according to the concatenated RLC PDU1 and RLC PDU2; different The RLC PDU of the logical channel can be distinguished by the logical channel identifier (LCH ID) in the MAC PDU header. It should be noted that, in Figure 2b, the multiplexing mode is cascaded as an example for illustration. Further, the HARQ entity may submit the MAC PDU received from the multiplexing entity to the encoding entity, and then the encoding entity may perform encoding, and then transmit the encoded MAC PDU to the physical layer. Furthermore, the CRC check module in the physical layer performs CRC check processing on the MAC PDU received from the MAC layer, and transmits it to the receiving end device.
对于接收端设备来说,物理层中的CRC校验模块接收到数据后,可以对数据进行CRC校验,若检验通过,则可以将数据递交给MAC层。MAC层中可以包括解复用实体、HARQ实体、译码实体,进而MAC层中的译码实体接收到物理层递交的MAC PDU后,可以对MAC PDU进行译码,若译码正确,则可以将MAC PDU递交给HARQ实体,进而由HARQ实体递交给解复用实体,HARQ实体还可以发送HARQ反馈信息。进一步地,解复用实体接收到MAC PDU后,可以解复用得到MAC SDU,并通过相应的逻辑信道,递交给RLC层。For the receiving end device, after the CRC check module in the physical layer receives the data, it can perform CRC check on the data. If the check passes, the data can be submitted to the MAC layer. The MAC layer can include a demultiplexing entity, HARQ entity, and decoding entity. After receiving the MAC PDU submitted by the physical layer, the decoding entity in the MAC layer can decode the MAC PDU. If the decoding is correct, it can The MAC PDU is delivered to the HARQ entity, and then the HARQ entity is delivered to the demultiplexing entity, and the HARQ entity can also send HARQ feedback information. Further, after receiving the MAC PDU, the demultiplexing entity can demultiplex to obtain the MAC SDU, and submit it to the RLC layer through the corresponding logical channel.
下面结合图2c对接收端设备的译码和HARQ反馈流程进行详细介绍。The decoding and HARQ feedback process of the receiving end device will be described in detail below in conjunction with FIG. 2c.
图2c为接收端设备的译码和HARQ反馈的可能流程示意图,参见图2c所示,该流程可以包括三部分,第一部分为译码实体执行译码操作,第二部分为译码实体将数据递交给HARQ实体,第三部分为HARQ实体发送HARQ反馈信息。Figure 2c is a schematic diagram of a possible flow of decoding and HARQ feedback for the receiving end device. As shown in Figure 2c, the flow can include three parts. The first part is for the decoding entity to perform the decoding operation, and the second part is for the decoding entity to perform the decoding operation. Submitted to the HARQ entity, the third part is the HARQ entity sending HARQ feedback information.
步骤201,判断接收到的数据是否为新传数据,若是新传数据,则执行步骤202,若不是新传数据(比如为重传数据),则执行步骤203。In step 201, it is determined whether the received data is newly transmitted data, if it is newly transmitted data, step 202 is executed, and if it is not newly transmitted data (for example, retransmitted data), step 203 is executed.
步骤202,对该数据进行译码,并执行步骤205。In step 202, the data is decoded, and step 205 is executed.
步骤203,判断是否译码尚未成功,若译码尚未成功,则执行步骤204,若已经译码 成功,则可以不再译码。In step 203, it is judged whether the decoding has not been successful. If the decoding has not been successful, then step 204 is executed. If the decoding has been successful, the decoding may not be performed.
步骤204,将该数据与之前的数据进行合并译码,并执行步骤205。In step 204, the data and the previous data are combined and decoded, and step 205 is executed.
步骤205,判断是否译码成功,若译码失败,则执行步骤206,若译码成功,则执行步骤207。In step 205, it is determined whether the decoding is successful, if the decoding fails, step 206 is executed, and if the decoding succeeds, step 207 is executed.
步骤206,判断译码是否曾经成功过,若是,则执行步骤208,若否,则执行步骤207。In step 206, it is determined whether the decoding has ever been successful, if yes, then step 208 is executed, and if not, step 207 is executed.
步骤207,对HARQ缓存里存储的数据进行更新,并执行步骤211。In step 207, the data stored in the HARQ buffer is updated, and step 211 is executed.
步骤208,判断是否为广播数据,若是,则执行步骤210,若否,则执行步骤209。In step 208, it is determined whether it is broadcast data, if it is, then step 210 is executed, and if not, step 209 is executed.
步骤209,判断是否是第一次成功译码,若是,则执行步骤210,若否,则执行步骤211。In step 209, it is determined whether it is the first successful decoding, if it is, then step 210 is performed, and if not, step 211 is performed.
步骤210,向上层(也就是图2b中的解复用实体)递交译码结果,并执行步骤211。In step 210, the decoding result is delivered to the upper layer (that is, the demultiplexing entity in FIG. 2b), and step 211 is executed.
步骤211,判断是否符合反馈条件,若是,则执行步骤213,若否,则执行步骤212。In step 211, it is determined whether the feedback condition is met, if so, step 213 is executed, and if not, step 212 is executed.
其中,不符合反馈条件可以是指符合以下至少一项:(1)该数据为临时小区无线网络临时标识(temporary cell-radio network temporary identifier,TC-RNTI)加扰的物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)所调度的数据;(2)该数据为广播数据;(3)定时提前量无效。Among them, the non-compliance with the feedback condition may refer to at least one of the following: (1) The data is a physical downlink control channel (physical downlink) scrambled by a temporary cell-radio network temporary identifier (TC-RNTI). control channel, PDCCH) scheduled data; (2) the data is broadcast data; (3) the timing advance is invalid.
示例性地,上述(1)中,TC-RNTI可以为网络设备为终端设备分配的临时标识。上述(2)中,该数据为广播数据,可以理解为该数据是通过广播方式发送的数据。上述(3)中,网络设备可以向终端设备发送定时提前命令,比如网络设备可以根据终端设备发送的随机接入前导码来估计终端设备的定时提前量,进而向终端设备发送定时提前命令;相应地,终端设备可以根据定时提前命令得到定时提前量。网络设备在给终端设备发送定时提前命令后会开启一个定时提前定时器(time advance timer,TA timer),终端设备得到定时提前量后也会开启一个相同的TA timer,网络设备和终端设备均维持TA timer,可以根据TA timer是否超时来判断定时提前量是否有效。如果TA timer未超时,则认为定时提前量是有效的,反之,认为定时提前量是无效的。Exemplarily, in the above (1), the TC-RNTI may be a temporary identifier allocated by the network device to the terminal device. In the above (2), the data is broadcast data, which can be understood as the data sent by broadcast. In (3) above, the network device can send a timing advance command to the terminal device. For example, the network device can estimate the timing advance of the terminal device according to the random access preamble sent by the terminal device, and then send the timing advance command to the terminal device; accordingly; The terminal device can obtain the timing advance according to the timing advance command. After the network device sends a timing advance command to the terminal device, it will start a timing advance timer (time advance timer, TA timer), and the terminal device will also turn on the same TA timer after getting the timing advance, and both the network device and the terminal device maintain TA timer can determine whether the timing advance is valid according to whether the TA timer has timed out. If the TA timer does not expire, the timing advance is considered valid, otherwise, the timing advance is considered invalid.
步骤212,HARQ实体不通知物理层发送HARQ反馈信息。Step 212: The HARQ entity does not notify the physical layer to send HARQ feedback information.
步骤213,HARQ实体通知物理层发送HARQ反馈信息。Step 213: The HARQ entity notifies the physical layer to send HARQ feedback information.
根据上述内容可知,由于数据在传输过程中可能会出错,因此可以通过编译码、CRC校验等方式对传输的数据进行监控。比如,发送端设备可以将一个或多个业务的数据复用到同一传输块中,经过HARQ进程处理,再进行编码、增加CRC校验,进而发送给接收端设备。接收方在接收到数据后,可以进行CRC校验,CRC校验成功后进行译码,若译码成功,则说明数据传输正确,可以将数据向上层递交;若CRC校验没有通过或译码失败,则说明数据传输错误,进而不将数据向上层递交,等到重传数据到达后,进行合并译码,直到译码成功,才向上层递交数据。在该方式中,接收端设备是在确定数据传输正确的情况下,方可将数据块向上层递交,从而能够有效满足容错性要求较高的业务的需求。According to the above content, since data may be wrong during transmission, the transmitted data can be monitored by means of encoding and decoding, CRC check, etc. For example, the sending end device can multiplex one or more service data into the same transmission block, process the HARQ process, perform encoding, add CRC check, and then send it to the receiving end device. After receiving the data, the receiver can perform CRC check, and decode after the CRC check is successful. If the decoding is successful, the data transmission is correct, and the data can be submitted to the upper layer; if the CRC check fails or decodes Failure means that the data is transmitted incorrectly, and the data is not delivered to the upper layer. After the retransmitted data arrives, the combined decoding is performed, and the data is not delivered to the upper layer until the decoding is successful. In this manner, the receiving end device can deliver the data block to the upper layer only when it is determined that the data transmission is correct, which can effectively meet the requirements of services with higher fault tolerance.
然而,随着无线通信网络的发展,能够支持的应用越来越丰富多样,比如能够支持越来越多的高精度语音、高清视频等业务。这些业务的数据量很大、对数据的时延要求高,在数据包传输错误后,若不向上层递交,而是丢弃或等待重传,则一方面,由于未能充分利用接收端设备已经接收到的数据包,会导致资源浪费,另一方面,由于该类业务的时延要求比较高,因此将传输错误的数据包丢弃或等待重传可能会导致用户体验较差,比如以高清视频业务为例,可能会导致用户在观看视频时出现视频卡顿现象。However, with the development of wireless communication networks, applications that can be supported are more and more diverse, such as being able to support more and more services such as high-precision voice and high-definition video. The data volume of these services is very large and the data delay requirements are high. After the data packet is transmitted incorrectly, if it is not submitted to the upper layer, but discarded or waited for retransmission, on the one hand, due to the failure to make full use of the receiving end equipment already Received data packets will lead to waste of resources. On the other hand, due to the relatively high latency requirements of this type of service, discarding incorrectly transmitted data packets or waiting for retransmission may result in poor user experience, such as high-definition video Taking services as an example, it may cause video freezes when users watch videos.
基于此,即便是数据包传输错误,也可以考虑将其继续向上层递交,此种情形下,虽然仍可能会由于数据包传输错误而导致应用层无法完全正确解码而导致视频出现一些马赛克现象,但相比于采用上述方法所造成的视频卡顿来说,既能够有效利用已经接收到的数据包,还可以提高用户体验。也就是说,针对于类似于高精度语音、高清视频等业务,由于其数据的时延要求高且容错性要求比较低,因此可以考虑在数据包传输错误后仍向上层递交,即执行错误递交。其中,时延要求高可以理解为若数据包在一定时间之内到达,则对接收端设备是有用的,否则是没有用的;对容错性要求低可以理解为在传输过程中发生错误的数据包,对接收端设备也是有用的。Based on this, even if the data packet is transmitted incorrectly, it can be considered to continue to be submitted to the upper layer. In this case, although the application layer may still be unable to completely decode correctly due to the data packet transmission error, some mosaic phenomena may appear in the video. However, compared to the video freeze caused by the above method, the received data packet can be effectively used, and the user experience can also be improved. In other words, for services similar to high-precision voice, high-definition video, etc., due to the high data delay requirements and low fault tolerance requirements, it can be considered to submit to the upper layer after the data packet transmission error, that is, perform error delivery . Among them, the high delay requirement can be understood as if the data packet arrives within a certain time, it is useful to the receiving device, otherwise it is useless; the low requirement for fault tolerance can be understood as the data that has an error in the transmission process Packets are also useful to the receiving device.
进而,本申请实施例提供一种数据传输方法,用于实现数据包的错误递交,以有效利用接收端设备已经接收到的数据包,满足业务的传输需求。Furthermore, an embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission method for implementing the wrong delivery of data packets, so as to effectively use the data packets that the receiving end device has received to meet the transmission requirements of the service.
本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法可以涉及两个通信装置之间的交互,这两个通信装置例如为第一通信装置和第二通信装置,其中,第一通信装置可以发送端设备,第二通信装置为接收端设备;或者,第二通信装置可以发送端设备,第一通信装置为接收端设备。进一步地,第一通信装置可以是网络设备或能够支持网络设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,当然还可以是其它通信装置,例如芯片或芯片系统。第二通信装置可以是终端设备或能够支持终端设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,当然还可以是其它通信装置,例如芯片或芯片系统。为了便于介绍,在下文中,以该方法由网络设备和终端设备执行为例,也就是,以第一通信装置是网络设备、第二通信装置是终端设备为例。The data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application may involve the interaction between two communication devices. The two communication devices are, for example, a first communication device and a second communication device. The first communication device may be the sender device, and the second communication device may be The communication device is a receiving device; or, the second communication device may be a sending device, and the first communication device is a receiving device. Further, the first communication device may be a network device or a communication device capable of supporting the network device to implement the functions required by the method, and of course, it may also be another communication device, such as a chip or a chip system. The second communication device may be a terminal device or a communication device capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the functions required by the method, and of course it may also be another communication device, such as a chip or a chip system. For ease of introduction, in the following, the method is executed by a network device and a terminal device as an example, that is, an example is that the first communication device is a network device and the second communication device is a terminal device.
当第一通信装置是网络设备、第二通信装置是终端设备时,终端设备与网络设备之间的通信可以包括上行通信和下行通信。在上行通信中,终端设备可以组建数据包,该数据支持错误递交,并向网络设备发送数据包,若数据包传输错误,则网络设备可以执行错误递交。在下行通信中,网络设备可以组建数据包,该数据支持错误递交,并向终端设备发送数据包,若数据包传输错误,则终端设备可以执行错误递交。下面将结合实施例一和实施例二分别对上行通信和下行通信的情形进行详细描述。When the first communication device is a network device and the second communication device is a terminal device, the communication between the terminal device and the network device may include uplink communication and downlink communication. In the uplink communication, the terminal device can form a data packet that supports error delivery and sends the data packet to the network device. If the data packet is transmitted incorrectly, the network device can perform error delivery. In downlink communication, the network device can form a data packet that supports error delivery and sends the data packet to the terminal device. If the data packet is transmitted incorrectly, the terminal device can perform error delivery. The situation of uplink communication and downlink communication will be described in detail below in conjunction with Embodiment 1 and Embodiment 2 respectively.
需要说明的是:(1)在其它可能的实施例中,第一通信装置和第二通信装置也可以为其它可能的装置,比如第一通信装置是第一终端设备、第二通信装置是第二终端设备,此种情形下,第一终端设备可以组建数据包,该数据支持错误递交,并向第二终端设备发送数据包,若数据包传输错误,则第二终端设备可以执行错误递交;或者,第二终端设备可以组建数据包,该数据支持错误递交,并向第一终端设备发送数据包,若数据包传输错误,则第一终端设备可以执行错误递交。It should be noted that: (1) In other possible embodiments, the first communication device and the second communication device may also be other possible devices, for example, the first communication device is the first terminal device, and the second communication device is the first communication device. Two terminal devices. In this case, the first terminal device can form a data packet that supports error delivery, and sends the data packet to the second terminal device. If the data packet is transmitted incorrectly, the second terminal device can perform error delivery; Alternatively, the second terminal device may construct a data packet, which supports error delivery, and sends the data packet to the first terminal device. If the data packet is transmitted incorrectly, the first terminal device may perform error delivery.
(2)本申请实施例中网络设备和终端设备之间(或第一终端设备和第二终端设备之间)可以通过授权频谱(licensed spectrum)进行通信,也可以通过免授权频谱(unlicensed spectrum)进行通信,也可以同时通过授权频谱和免授权频谱进行通信,对此不做限定。网络设备和终端设备之间可以通过小于6千兆赫兹(gigahertz,GHz)的频谱进行通信,也可以通过大于或等于6GHz的频谱进行通信,还可以同时使用小于6GHz下的频谱和大于或等于6GHz的频谱进行通信。即本申请既适用于低频场景(例如sub 6G),也适用于高频场景(大于或等于6G)。本申请的实施例对网络设备和终端设备之间所使用的频谱资源不做限定。(2) In the embodiment of this application, the communication between the network device and the terminal device (or between the first terminal device and the second terminal device) can be through a licensed spectrum (licensed spectrum), or through an unlicensed spectrum (unlicensed spectrum) For communication, it is also possible to communicate through licensed spectrum and unlicensed spectrum at the same time, which is not limited. The network equipment and terminal equipment can communicate through the frequency spectrum less than 6 gigahertz (gigahertz, GHz), or communicate through the frequency spectrum greater than or equal to 6GHz, and can also use the frequency spectrum less than 6GHz and greater than or equal to 6GHz at the same time Of the spectrum for communication. That is, this application is applicable to both low-frequency scenes (for example, sub 6G) and high-frequency scenes (greater than or equal to 6G). The embodiment of the present application does not limit the spectrum resource used between the network device and the terminal device.
实施例一Example one
在实施例一中,将针对上行通信情形描述一些可能的实现。In the first embodiment, some possible implementations will be described for the uplink communication situation.
图3为本申请实施例一提供的数据传输方法所对应的流程示意图,如图3所示,包括:FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the process corresponding to the data transmission method provided in Embodiment 1 of the application, as shown in FIG. 3, including:
步骤301,网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息1。Step 301: The network device sends configuration information 1 to the terminal device.
相应地,在步骤302中,终端设备接收来自网络设备的配置信息1。Correspondingly, in step 302, the terminal device receives the configuration information 1 from the network device.
示例性地,配置信息1可以用于配置以下至少一项:终端设备支持的一个或多个业务是否支持错误;一个或多个小区是否支持错误递交;一个或多个逻辑信道是否支持错误递交。下面结合示例1和示例2对配置信息1进行详细介绍。Exemplarily, the configuration information 1 may be used to configure at least one of the following: whether one or more services supported by the terminal device support errors; whether one or more cells support error delivery; whether one or more logical channels support error delivery. The following describes the configuration information 1 in detail in combination with Example 1 and Example 2.
示例1Example 1
终端设备可以支持一个或多个业务,不同的业务可以具有不同的要求,比如有的业务要求数据包在接收方必须传输正确才向上递交,而有的业务可以容忍错误递交。因此,配置信息1可以用于配置一个或多个业务是否支持错误递交。举个例子,配置信息1用于配置业务A支持错误递交、业务B不支持错误递交。The terminal device can support one or more services, and different services may have different requirements. For example, some services require that data packets must be transmitted correctly at the receiver before being submitted, while some services can tolerate incorrect submission. Therefore, the configuration information 1 can be used to configure whether one or more services support error delivery. For example, configuration information 1 is used to configure business A to support error delivery, and business B does not support error delivery.
示例性地,配置信息1配置一个或多个业务是否支持错误递交的方式可以有多种,比如配置信息1可以通过配置一个或多个业务分别对应的逻辑信道是否支持错误递交,来实现配置一个或多个业务是否支持错误递交。比如,业务A对应逻辑信道1,业务B对应逻辑信道2,配置信息1可以配置逻辑信道1支持错误递交、逻辑信道2不支持错误递交,进而终端设备可以根据业务对应的逻辑信道是否支持错误递交来获知该业务是否支持错误递交。比如,业务A对应的逻辑信道1支持错误递交,进而业务A支持错误递交;业务B对应的逻辑信道2不支持错误递交,进而业务B不支持错误递交。Exemplarily, there can be multiple ways for configuration information 1 to configure whether one or more services support error delivery. For example, configuration information 1 can be configured by configuring whether the logical channels corresponding to one or more services support error delivery. Or whether multiple services support error submission. For example, service A corresponds to logical channel 1, service B corresponds to logical channel 2, configuration information 1 can configure logical channel 1 to support error delivery, logical channel 2 does not support error delivery, and the terminal device can according to whether the logical channel corresponding to the service supports error delivery To find out whether the business supports error submission. For example, the logical channel 1 corresponding to business A supports error delivery, and then business A supports error delivery; the logical channel 2 corresponding to business B does not support error delivery, and business B does not support error delivery.
其中,网络设备确定一个或多个业务是否支持错误递交的方式可以有多种。在一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备接收来自核心网设备的一个或多个业务的业务信息;以业务A为例,业务A的业务信息包括以下至少一项:业务A的时延预算、错误递交指示,其中,错误递交指示用于指示业务A是否指示错误递交。若业务A的业务信息包括错误递交指示,则网络设备可以根据错误递交指示确定业务A是否指示错误递交;若业务A的业务信息包括业务A的时延预算,则网络设备可以根据业务A的时延预算确定业务A是否支持错误递交。Among them, there may be multiple ways for the network device to determine whether one or more services support error delivery. In a possible implementation manner, the network device receives service information of one or more services from the core network device; taking service A as an example, the service information of service A includes at least one of the following: the delay budget of service A, Error delivery instructions, where the error delivery instructions are used to indicate whether business A instructs wrong delivery. If the business information of service A includes an error delivery instruction, the network equipment can determine whether business A indicates an error delivery according to the error delivery instruction; if the business information of business A includes the delay budget of business A, the network equipment can determine whether business A has a delay budget according to the time of business A. Delay the budget to determine whether Business A supports wrong submission.
在该示例中,配置信息1还可以用于配置一个或多个小区是否支持错误递交,参见表1所示为业务与小区对错误递交的支持分类。In this example, configuration information 1 can also be used to configure whether one or more cells support error delivery. Refer to Table 1 for the classification of services and cells that support error delivery.
表1:业务与小区对错误递交的支持分类Table 1: Business and community support classification for wrong submission
Figure PCTCN2019130917-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2019130917-appb-000001
根据表1可知,若配置信息1配置了业务A支持错误递交、业务B不支持错误递交,还配置了小区1支持错误递交,则业务A在小区1支持错误递交,业务B在小区1不支持错误递交。又比如,若配置信息1配置了业务A支持错误递交、业务B不支持错误递交,还配置了小区1不支持错误递交,则业务A在小区1不支持错误递交,业务B在小区1不支持错误递交。According to Table 1, if configuration information 1 is configured with business A to support error delivery, business B does not support error delivery, and cell 1 is also configured to support error delivery, business A supports error delivery in cell 1, and business B does not support error delivery in cell 1. Incorrect submission. For another example, if configuration information 1 is configured with business A to support error delivery, business B does not support error delivery, and cell 1 does not support error delivery, then business A does not support error delivery in cell 1, and business B does not support error delivery in cell 1. Incorrect submission.
示例2Example 2
终端设备可以支持一个或多个业务,每个业务的数据可以映射到一个或多个数据流(flow)中,对于同一个业务来说,可能有的数据流支持错误递交,有的数据流不支持错误递交。此种情形下,配置信息1可以用于配置一个或多个数据流是否支持错误递交,进一步地,由于数据流和逻辑信道之间具有对应关系,因此也可以理解为配置信息1用于配置一个或多个逻辑信道是否支持错误递交。举个例子,业务A的数据可以映射到数据流A1和数据流A2,数据流A1支持错误递交,数据流A2不支持错误递交,数据流A1对应逻辑信道1,数据流A2对应逻辑信道2,此种情形下,配置信息1可以配置逻辑信道1支持错误递交,逻辑信道2不支持错误递交。再举个例子,业务B中的数据包可以映射到数据流B3和数据流B4,数据流B3和数据流B4均不支持错误递交,数据流B3和数据流B4可以对应同一逻辑信道,比如逻辑信道3,此种情形下,配置信息1可以配置逻辑信道3不支持错误递交。The terminal device can support one or more services, and the data of each service can be mapped to one or more data flows. For the same service, some data flows may support error delivery, and some data flows may not Support wrong submission. In this case, configuration information 1 can be used to configure whether one or more data streams support error delivery. Further, because there is a correspondence between data streams and logical channels, it can also be understood that configuration information 1 is used to configure one Or whether multiple logical channels support error delivery. For example, the data of service A can be mapped to data stream A1 and data stream A2, data stream A1 supports error delivery, data stream A2 does not support error delivery, data stream A1 corresponds to logical channel 1, and data stream A2 corresponds to logical channel 2. In this case, configuration information 1 can configure logical channel 1 to support error delivery, and logical channel 2 does not support error delivery. For another example, data packets in service B can be mapped to data stream B3 and data stream B4. Both data stream B3 and data stream B4 do not support error delivery. Data stream B3 and data stream B4 can correspond to the same logical channel, such as logical Channel 3. In this case, configuration information 1 can configure logical channel 3 to not support error delivery.
其中,网络设备确定一个或多个数据流是否支持错误递交的方式可以有多种。在一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备接收来自核心网设备的一个或多个业务的业务信息;以业务A为例,业务A的业务信息包括业务A所对应的一个或多个数据流(比如数据流A1和数据流A2)的错误递交指示,比如数据流A1的错误递交指示用于指示数据流A1是否支持错误递交。There are many ways for the network device to determine whether one or more data streams support error delivery. In a possible implementation, the network device receives service information of one or more services from the core network device; taking service A as an example, the service information of service A includes one or more data streams corresponding to service A ( For example, the error delivery instructions of the data stream A1 and the data stream A2), for example, the error delivery instructions of the data stream A1 are used to indicate whether the data stream A1 supports error delivery.
需要说明的是,上述业务A或业务B可以理解为同一业务类型的业务,或者也可以理解为某个业务,具体不做限定。It should be noted that the above-mentioned business A or business B can be understood as a business of the same business type, or can also be understood as a certain business, which is not specifically limited.
步骤303,终端设备组建第一数据包,第一数据包支持错误递交。Step 303: The terminal device constructs a first data packet, and the first data packet supports error delivery.
此处,终端设备组建第一数据包,可以理解为,终端设备的MAC层中的复用实体将从至少一个逻辑信道中接收到的数据进行复用得到第一数据包。Here, the formation of the first data packet by the terminal device can be understood as that the multiplexing entity in the MAC layer of the terminal device multiplexes data received from at least one logical channel to obtain the first data packet.
示例性地,终端设备可以根据配置信息1来组建数据包(如第一数据包),比如终端设备可以根据业务是否支持错误递交、小区是否支持错误递交、逻辑信道是否支持错误递交中的至少一项来组建数据包。举个例子,当配置信息1为上述示例2中所描述的配置信息1时,终端设备在组建数据包时,若终端设备的服务小区(也可以理解为传输终端设备所组建的数据包的小区)支持错误递交,则终端设备可以尽量将支持错误递交的至少一个逻辑信道中的数据组建到同一数据包中,以及尽量将不支持错误递交的至少一个逻辑信道中的数据组建到同一数据包中;或者说,终端设备可以尽量不把支持错误递交的逻辑信道的数据和不支持错误递交的逻辑信道的数据组建到同一数据包中。Exemplarily, the terminal device can construct a data packet (such as the first data packet) according to the configuration information 1. For example, the terminal device can be based on at least one of whether the service supports error delivery, whether the cell supports error delivery, and whether the logical channel supports error delivery. Items to form a data package. For example, when the configuration information 1 is the configuration information 1 described in the above example 2, when the terminal device is forming a data packet, if the serving cell of the terminal device (can also be understood as the cell that transmits the data packet formed by the terminal device) ) To support error delivery, the terminal device can try to compose data in at least one logical channel that supports error delivery into the same data packet, and try to compose data in at least one logical channel that does not support error delivery into the same data packet ; In other words, the terminal device can try not to combine the data of the logical channel that supports erroneous delivery and the data of the logical channel that does not support erroneous delivery into the same data packet.
本申请实施例中,第一数据包支持错误递交,可以包括以下至少一项:第一数据包所属的业务支持错误递交;传输第一数据包的小区支持错误递交;至少一个逻辑信道中部分或全部支持错误递交。比如,第一数据包所属的业务为业务A,若业务A支持错误递交,则第一数据包支持错误递交。又比如,第一数据包所属的业务为业务A,若业务A支持错误递交,且传输第一数据包的小区支持错误递交,则第一数据包支持错误递交。又比如,第一数据包中包括来自至少一个逻辑信道的数据,若至少一个逻辑信道均支持错误递交,则第一数据包支持错误递交。又比如,第一数据包中包括来自至少一个逻辑信道的数据,若至少一个逻辑信道的部分逻辑信道支持错误递交,则第一数据包支持错误递交。在其它可能的示例中,第一数据包中包括来自至少一个逻辑信道的数据,若至少一个逻辑信道的部分逻辑信道不支持错误递交,则第一数据包可以不支持错误递交。In this embodiment of the application, the first data packet supports error delivery, which may include at least one of the following: the service to which the first data packet belongs supports error delivery; the cell that transmits the first data packet supports error delivery; at least one part of the logical channel or All support wrong submission. For example, the business to which the first data packet belongs is business A, and if business A supports error delivery, the first data packet supports error delivery. For another example, the service to which the first data packet belongs is service A, and if service A supports erroneous delivery, and the cell that transmits the first data packet supports erroneous delivery, the first data packet supports erroneous delivery. For another example, the first data packet includes data from at least one logical channel, and if at least one logical channel supports error delivery, the first data packet supports error delivery. For another example, the first data packet includes data from at least one logical channel, and if part of the logical channels of the at least one logical channel supports error delivery, the first data packet supports error delivery. In other possible examples, the first data packet includes data from at least one logical channel. If part of the logical channels of the at least one logical channel does not support error delivery, the first data packet may not support error delivery.
步骤304,终端设备向网络设备发送第一数据包。Step 304: The terminal device sends the first data packet to the network device.
相应地,在步骤305中,网络设备从终端设备接收第一数据包。Correspondingly, in step 305, the network device receives the first data packet from the terminal device.
此处,终端设备的MAC层组建第一数据包后,可以记录SDAP头、PDCP头、RLC头、MAC头在第一数据包中的位置,并通知物理层,比如MAC层可以向物理层递交第一数据包和指示信息a,指示信息a用于指示SDAP头、PDCP头、RLC头、MAC头在第一数据包中的位置。相应地,物理层接收到第一数据包和指示信息a后,可以在传输第一数据包时,优先保证SDAP头、PDCP头、RLC头、MAC头所在位置的比特的成功传输。Here, after the MAC layer of the terminal device constructs the first data packet, it can record the positions of the SDAP header, PDCP header, RLC header, and MAC header in the first data packet, and notify the physical layer, for example, the MAC layer can submit to the physical layer The first data packet and the indication information a. The indication information a is used to indicate the positions of the SDAP header, the PDCP header, the RLC header, and the MAC header in the first data packet. Correspondingly, after receiving the first data packet and the indication information a, the physical layer can prioritize the successful transmission of the bits at the location of the SDAP header, PDCP header, RLC header, and MAC header when transmitting the first data packet.
示例性地,MAC层通知物理层SDAP头、PDCP头、RLC头、MAC头在第一数据包中的位置,可以理解为,MAC层通知或告诉物理层第一数据包中哪些比特比较重要。此处所描述的是由MAC层通知物理层,在其它可能的实现方式中,也可以由网络设备预先配置规则,并将该规则发送给终端设备。其中,该规则可以用于表征不同尺寸的数据包中哪些比特比较重要,比如若数据包的尺寸为A,则该数据包中的前X1个比特比较重要,若数据包的尺寸为B,则该数据包中的前X2个比特比较重要。终端设备根据该规则,对每一种尺寸的数据包均能推断出哪些比特比较重要,进而可以按照此规则组建数据包。后续网络设备接收到来自终端设备的数据包,在对数据包译码之前可以根据规则和数据包的尺寸确定数据包中的哪些比特比较重要,从而优先保证比较重要的比特的成功译码。Exemplarily, the MAC layer informs the physical layer of the positions of the SDAP header, PDCP header, RLC header, and MAC header in the first data packet. It can be understood that the MAC layer informs or tells the physical layer which bits are more important in the first data packet. What is described here is that the MAC layer notifies the physical layer. In other possible implementations, the network device may also pre-configure the rule and send the rule to the terminal device. Among them, this rule can be used to characterize which bits in data packets of different sizes are more important. For example, if the size of the data packet is A, the first X1 bits in the data packet are more important. If the size of the data packet is B, then The first X2 bits in the data packet are more important. According to this rule, the terminal device can infer which bits are more important for a data packet of each size, and then can construct a data packet according to this rule. The subsequent network device receives the data packet from the terminal device, and before decoding the data packet, it can determine which bits in the data packet are more important according to the rules and the size of the data packet, so as to give priority to ensuring the successful decoding of the more important bits.
需要说明的是,终端设备若确定将要传输的第一数据包需要执行错误递交(比如网络设备向终端设备调度了第一资源,并指示第一资源支持错误递交,终端设备组建将要在第一资源上传输的第一数据包,此种情形下,终端设备可以确定将要传输的第一数据包需要执行错误递交),则在组建第一传输包时,可以采用分段的方式进行组建,进而第一数据包中可以包括一个PDCP SDU或一个PDCP SDU片段;或者描述为第一数据包中可以包括一个RLC SDU或一个RLC SDU片段;或者描述为第一数据包中可以包括一个MAC SDU或一个MAC SDU片段。此种情形下,物理层在接收到MAC层递交的第一数据包后,可以获知SDAP头、PDCP头、RLC头、MAC头在第一数据包中的位置(比如SDAP头、PDCP头、RLC头、MAC头分布在第一数据包的前部),进而在传输第一数据包时,优先保证SDAP头、PDCP头、RLC头、MAC头所在位置的比特的成功传输,即优先保证前面的比特能正确传输。采用该种方式,MAC层向物理层递交第一数据包时,可以无需再递交指示信息a来指示SDAP头、PDCP头、RLC头、MAC头在第一数据包中的位置。It should be noted that if the terminal device determines that the first data packet to be transmitted needs to perform error delivery (for example, the network device schedules the first resource to the terminal device and instructs the first resource to support error delivery, the terminal device will be set up in the first resource In this case, the terminal device can determine that the first data packet to be transmitted needs to perform error delivery), then when constructing the first transmission packet, it can be constructed in a segmented manner, and then the first transmission packet A data packet may include a PDCP SDU or a PDCP SDU segment; or it may be described as the first data packet may include an RLC SDU or an RLC SDU segment; or it may be described as the first data packet may include a MAC SDU or a MAC SDU fragment. In this case, after receiving the first data packet submitted by the MAC layer, the physical layer can learn the position of the SDAP header, PDCP header, RLC header, and MAC header in the first data packet (such as SDAP header, PDCP header, RLC) Header and MAC header are distributed in the front part of the first data packet), and then when transmitting the first data packet, priority is given to ensuring the successful transmission of the bits at the location of the SDAP header, PDCP header, RLC header, and MAC header. The bits can be transmitted correctly. In this way, when the MAC layer submits the first data packet to the physical layer, there is no need to submit the indication information a to indicate the positions of the SDAP header, the PDCP header, the RLC header, and the MAC header in the first data packet.
本申请实施例中,终端设备向网络设备发送第一数据包可以为基于调度的数据传输,或者也可以为免调度许可(grant free,GF)的数据传输。其中,免调度许可也可以称为配置授权(configured grant,CG)。In this embodiment of the present application, the first data packet sent by the terminal device to the network device may be scheduling-based data transmission, or may also be scheduling-free (grant free, GF) data transmission. Among them, the scheduling-free permission may also be referred to as configured grant (CG).
在基于调度的数据传输中,网络设备可以向终端设备发送上行(uplink,UL)授权(grant),上行授权用于指示第一资源,相应地,终端设备接收到上行授权后,可以在第一资源上发送第一数据包。其中,网络设备向终端设备发送上行授权的触发因素可以有多种,比如终端设备若确定需要发送第一数据包,则可以先在物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH)上向网络设备发送调度请求(scheduling request,SR),进而网络设备接收到SR后可以向终端设备上行授权。In scheduling-based data transmission, the network device can send an uplink (UL) grant to the terminal device. The uplink grant is used to indicate the first resource. Accordingly, after the terminal device receives the uplink grant, it can The first data packet is sent on the resource. Among them, there can be many triggers for the network device to send the uplink authorization to the terminal device. For example, if the terminal device determines that it needs to send the first data packet, it can first send it to the network device on the physical uplink control channel (PUCCH). Send a scheduling request (scheduling request, SR), and then the network device can grant uplink authorization to the terminal device after receiving the SR.
在免调度许可的数据传输中,网络设备可以预先配置周期性资源,当终端设备需要发送第一数据包时,可以通过预配置的第一资源发送第一数据包。网络设备预先配置周期性资源可以分为两种类型,其中,类型1(Type 1)是指,网络设备通过配置信息2配置周 期和起始偏移以及指示具体的资源位置,除非终端设备收到释放命令,否则可以认为该资源周期性出现。类型2(Type 2)是指,网络设备通过配置信息3配置周期和起始偏移,然后通过下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)(为便于描述称为DCI-1)激活并指示具体的资源(比如指示该资源的时域位置和频域位置),除非终端设备收到去激活命令,否则可以认为DCI-1指示的资源周期性出现。In data transmission without scheduling permission, the network device may pre-configure periodic resources, and when the terminal device needs to send the first data packet, it may send the first data packet through the pre-configured first resource. Network equipment pre-configured periodic resources can be divided into two types. Type 1 (Type 1) means that the network equipment configures the period and start offset and indicates the specific resource location through configuration information 2, unless the terminal device receives Release the command, otherwise it can be considered that the resource appears periodically. Type 2 (Type 2) means that the network device configures the period and start offset through configuration information 3, and then activates and instructs specific information through downlink control information (DCI) (referred to as DCI-1 for ease of description) For resources (such as indicating the time domain location and frequency domain location of the resource), unless the terminal device receives a deactivation command, it can be considered that the resource indicated by DCI-1 appears periodically.
下面对步骤303至步骤305的一些可能的实现方式进行描述。Some possible implementation manners of step 303 to step 305 are described below.
实现方式1 Implementation method 1
网络设备可以向终端设备指示第一资源承载的数据是否支持错误递交。相应地,终端设备根据网络设备的指示,若确定第一资源承载的数据支持错误递交,则可以组建支持错误递交的第一数据包(步骤303),并将第一数据包承载到第一资源上发送给网络设备(步骤304)。进而,网络设备可以在第一资源上接收第一数据包(步骤305)。采用该种实现方式,网络设备通过指示第一资源承载的数据是否支持错误递交,来决定该次传输是否支持错误递交,从而增加了网络设备调控的灵活性。The network device may indicate to the terminal device whether the data carried by the first resource supports error delivery. Correspondingly, according to the instructions of the network device, if the terminal device determines that the data carried by the first resource supports erroneous delivery, it can construct a first data packet that supports erroneous delivery (step 303), and carry the first data packet to the first resource And send it to the network device (step 304). Furthermore, the network device may receive the first data packet on the first resource (step 305). With this implementation method, the network device determines whether the transmission supports error delivery by indicating whether the data carried by the first resource supports error delivery, thereby increasing the flexibility of network device control.
需要说明的是,在其它可能的实施例中,终端设备若确定第一资源承载的数据不支持错误递交,则也可以组建不支持错误递交的数据包,并将数据包承载到第一资源上发送给网络设备。本申请实施例中是以第一资源承载的数据支持错误递交为例进行描述。It should be noted that in other possible embodiments, if the terminal device determines that the data carried by the first resource does not support erroneous delivery, it can also construct a data packet that does not support erroneous delivery, and carry the data packet on the first resource. Send to the network device. In the embodiment of this application, the data carried by the first resource supports incorrect delivery as an example for description.
网络设备向终端设备指示第一资源承载的数据是否支持错误递交的方式可以有多种。比如,(1)若第一资源为网络设备通过上行授权为终端设备分配的,则在一个示例中,上行授权可以携带指示信息1,指示信息1可以包括1个比特;比如,该1个比特的取值为1,则表示第一资源承载的数据支持错误递交;该1个比特的取值为0,则表示第一资源承载的数据不支持错误递交。在又一个示例中,若上行授权中携带指示信息1,则表示第一资源承载的数据支持错误递交,上行授权中不携带指示信息1,则表示第一资源承载的数据不支持错误递交。或者,若上行授权中携带指示信息1,则表示第一资源承载的数据不支持错误递交,上行授权中不携带指示信息1,则表示第一资源承载的数据支持错误递交。There may be multiple ways for the network device to indicate to the terminal device whether the data carried by the first resource supports error delivery. For example, (1) If the first resource is allocated by the network device to the terminal device through an uplink authorization, in an example, the uplink authorization may carry indication information 1, which may include 1 bit; for example, the 1 bit The value of is 1, which means that the data carried by the first resource supports erroneous delivery; the value of this 1 bit is 0, which means that the data carried by the first resource does not support erroneous delivery. In another example, if indication information 1 is carried in the uplink authorization, it means that the data carried by the first resource supports erroneous delivery, and if the indication information 1 is not carried in the uplink authorization, it means that the data carried by the first resource does not support erroneous delivery. Or, if indication information 1 is carried in the uplink authorization, it means that the data carried by the first resource does not support erroneous delivery, and if the indication information 1 is not carried in the uplink authorization, it means that the data carried by the first resource supports erroneous delivery.
(2)若第一资源为网络设备通过类型1的方式为终端设备分配的,则在一个示例中,配置信息2可以携带指示信息1,指示信息1可以包括1个比特;比如,该1个比特的取值为1,则表示第一资源承载的数据支持错误递交;该1个比特的取值为0,则表示第一资源承载的数据不支持错误递交。在又一个示例中,若配置信息2中携带指示信息1,则表示第一资源承载的数据支持错误递交,配置信息2中不携带指示信息1,则表示第一资源承载的数据不支持错误递交。或者,若配置信息2中携带指示信息1,则表示第一资源承载的数据不支持错误递交,配置信息2中不携带指示信息1,则表示第一资源承载的数据支持错误递交。(2) If the first resource is allocated by the network device to the terminal device in type 1, in an example, the configuration information 2 may carry indication information 1, and the indication information 1 may include 1 bit; for example, the 1 The value of the bit is 1, which means that the data carried by the first resource supports erroneous delivery; the value of this 1 bit is 0, which means that the data carried by the first resource does not support erroneous delivery. In another example, if the configuration information 2 carries indication information 1, it means that the data carried by the first resource supports error delivery, and the configuration information 2 does not carry indication information 1, which means that the data carried by the first resource does not support error delivery. . Alternatively, if the configuration information 2 carries the indication information 1, it means that the data carried by the first resource does not support erroneous delivery, and the configuration information 2 does not carry the indication information 1, which means that the data carried by the first resource supports erroneous delivery.
需要说明的是,配置信息2可以用于配置一套资源或多套资源,比如配置信息2配置了周期1、起始偏移1、资源1以及周期2、起始偏移2、资源2,则根据周期1和起始偏移1周期性出现的资源1可以理解为一套资源,根据周期2和起始偏移2周期性出现的资源2可以理解为另一套资源。当配置信息2用于配置多套资源时,可以统一配置多套资源承载的数据是否支持错误递交,即多套资源承载的数据可以全都支持错误递交,或者全都不支持错误递交;比如配置信息2携带指示信息1,则表示多套资源承载的数据均支持错误递交,配置信息2不携带指示信息1,则表示多套资源承载的数据均不支持错误递交。或者,也可以单独配置每一套资源承载的数据是否支持错误递交,比如配置信息2配置了 两套资源,分别为第一套资源和第二套资源,则配置信息2携带指示信息1a,则表示第一套资源承载的数据均支持错误递交,配置信息2不携带指示信息1a,则表示第一套资源承载的数据均不支持错误递交;配置信息2携带指示信息1b,则表示第二套资源承载的数据均支持错误递交,配置信息2不携带指示信息1b,则表示第二套资源承载的数据均不支持错误递交。It should be noted that configuration information 2 can be used to configure one set of resources or multiple sets of resources. For example, configuration information 2 configures period 1, start offset 1, resource 1, and period 2, start offset 2, resource 2. Then the resource 1 that periodically appears according to the period 1 and the start offset 1 can be understood as a set of resources, and the resource 2 that appears periodically according to the period 2 and the start offset 2 can be understood as another set of resources. When configuration information 2 is used to configure multiple sets of resources, you can uniformly configure whether the data carried by multiple sets of resources support error delivery, that is, all data carried by multiple sets of resources can support error delivery, or none of them support error delivery; for example, configuration information 2 Carrying indication information 1 indicates that the data carried by multiple sets of resources supports error delivery, and configuration information 2 does not carry the indication information 1, indicating that none of the data carried by multiple sets of resources supports error delivery. Alternatively, it is also possible to individually configure whether the data carried by each set of resources supports error delivery. For example, if configuration information 2 configures two sets of resources, the first set of resources and the second set of resources, then configuration information 2 carries indication information 1a, then It means that the data carried by the first set of resources supports error delivery, and the configuration information 2 does not carry the instruction information 1a, which means that the data carried by the first set of resources does not support error delivery; the configuration information 2 carries the instruction information 1b, which means the second set The data carried by the resource supports error delivery, and the configuration information 2 does not carry the instruction information 1b, which means that the data carried by the second set of resources does not support error delivery.
(3)若第一资源为网络设备通过类型2的方式为终端设备分配的,则在一个示例中,DCI-1可以携带指示信息1,指示信息1可以包括1个比特;比如,该1个比特的取值为1,则表示第一资源承载的数据支持错误递交;该1个比特的取值为0,则表示第一资源承载的数据不支持错误递交。在又一个示例中,若DCI-1中携带指示信息1,则表示第一资源承载的数据支持错误递交,DCI-1中不携带指示信息1,则表示第一资源承载的数据不支持错误递交。或者,若DCI-1中携带指示信息1,则表示第一资源承载的数据不支持错误递交,DCI-1中不携带指示信息1,则表示第一资源承载的数据支持错误递交。(3) If the first resource is allocated by the network device to the terminal device in type 2, in an example, DCI-1 may carry indication information 1, and indication information 1 may include 1 bit; for example, the 1 The value of the bit is 1, which means that the data carried by the first resource supports erroneous delivery; the value of this 1 bit is 0, which means that the data carried by the first resource does not support erroneous delivery. In another example, if DCI-1 carries indication information 1, it means that the data carried by the first resource supports erroneous delivery, and DCI-1 does not carry indication information 1, which means that the data carried by the first resource does not support erroneous delivery. . Alternatively, if the indication information 1 is carried in the DCI-1, it means that the data carried by the first resource does not support erroneous delivery, and if the indication information 1 is not carried in the DCI-1, it means that the data carried by the first resource supports erroneous delivery.
实现方式2Realization 2
终端设备组建支持错误递交的第一数据包(步骤303),可以将第一数据包承载到第一资源上发送给网络设备,还可以向网络设备指示第一数据包是否支持错误递交(步骤304)。进而,网络设备可以在第一资源上接收第一数据包(步骤305)。采用该种实现方式,终端设备组建数据包后,若确定组建的数据包支持错误递交,则可以向网络设备指示该数据包支持错误递交,即可以由终端设备来确定该次传输是否支持错误递交,从而网络设备在分配资源时,可以无需指示资源承载的数据是否支持错误递交,降低网络设备的处理负担。The terminal device constructs the first data packet that supports error delivery (step 303), can carry the first data packet on the first resource and send it to the network device, and can also indicate to the network device whether the first data packet supports error delivery (step 304) ). Furthermore, the network device may receive the first data packet on the first resource (step 305). With this implementation method, after the terminal device constructs a data packet, if it is determined that the constructed data packet supports error delivery, it can indicate to the network device that the data packet supports error delivery, that is, the terminal device can determine whether the transmission supports error delivery Therefore, when the network device allocates resources, it does not need to indicate whether the data carried by the resource supports error delivery, which reduces the processing burden of the network device.
终端设备向网络设备指示第一数据包是否支持错误递交的方式可以有多种,比如终端设备可以通过指示信息2来指示第一数据包是否支持错误递交,指示信息2可以为上行控制信息(uplink control information,UCI)。There are many ways for the terminal device to indicate to the network device whether the first data packet supports error delivery. For example, the terminal device can indicate whether the first data packet supports error delivery through indication information 2. The indication information 2 can be uplink control information (uplink control information, UCI).
在一个示例中,终端设备可以向网络设备发送指示信息2,指示信息2可以包括1个比特;比如,该1个比特的取值为1,则表示第一数据包支持错误递交;该1个比特的取值为0,则表示第一数据包不支持错误递交。在又一个示例中,终端设备若向网络设备发送指示信息2,则表示第一数据包支持错误递交,若未向网络设备发送指示信息2,则表示第一数据包不支持错误递交。In an example, the terminal device may send instruction information 2 to the network device, and the instruction information 2 may include 1 bit; for example, if the value of the 1 bit is 1, it means that the first data packet supports error delivery; The value of the bit is 0, which means that the first data packet does not support error delivery. In another example, if the terminal device sends instruction information 2 to the network device, it indicates that the first data packet supports error delivery, and if it does not send instruction information 2 to the network device, it indicates that the first data packet does not support error delivery.
其中,终端设备向网络设备发送指示信息2的方式可以有多种,比如终端设备可以在第一资源上向网络设备发送指示信息2,也就是说,第一数据包和指示信息2可以在第一资源上联合传输。第一数据包和指示信息2在第一资源上联合传输,可以理解为:(1)通过打孔(puncture)的方式在第一资源上联合传输,此时第一数据包和指示信息2可以独立编码;比如终端设备可以对第一数据包进行打孔,进而在第一资源上传输打孔后的第一数据包和指示信息2。或者,(2)通过联合编码的方式在第一资源上联合传输,比如终端设备可以对第一数据包和指示信息2进行联合编码,并在第一资源上发送联合编码后的信息。可以理解地,当采用打孔的方式时,可以采用上述两个示例中所描述的指示信息2来指示是否支持错误递交;当采用联合编码的方式时,可以采用上述第一个示例中所描述的指示信息2来指示是否支持错误递交。Among them, the terminal device can send the instruction information 2 to the network device in many ways. For example, the terminal device can send the instruction information 2 to the network device on the first resource, that is, the first data packet and the instruction information 2 can be in the first resource. Joint transmission on a resource. The first data packet and the instruction information 2 are jointly transmitted on the first resource, which can be understood as: (1) The first data packet and the instruction information 2 can be jointly transmitted on the first resource by puncture. Independent coding; for example, the terminal device can puncture the first data packet, and then transmit the punctured first data packet and the instruction information 2 on the first resource. Or (2) joint transmission on the first resource by means of joint coding, for example, the terminal device may joint coding the first data packet and the indication information 2, and send the joint coding information on the first resource. Understandably, when the method of puncturing is adopted, the indication information 2 described in the above two examples can be used to indicate whether error submission is supported; when the method of joint coding is adopted, the description in the first example can be adopted. The instruction message 2 to indicate whether error delivery is supported.
步骤306,网络设备确定第一数据包传输错误。Step 306: The network device determines that the transmission of the first data packet is incorrect.
示例性地,网络设备确定第一数据包传输错误可以包括:网络设备确定第一数据包的CRC校验失败,和/或,网络设备确定第一数据包译码失败。Exemplarily, determining that the first data packet is incorrectly transmitted by the network device may include: the network device determines that the CRC check of the first data packet fails, and/or the network device determines that the decoding of the first data packet fails.
在一个示例中,网络设备若确定第一数据包支持错误递交或者说需要执行错误递交,则网络设备的物理层在接收到第一数据包后,可以执行CRC校验,不论CRC校验是否通过,均可递交给MAC层,进一步地,还可以向MAC层指示CRC校验是否通过。进而由MAC层的译码实体对第一数据包进行译码(其中,CRC校验是否通过可以作为译码实体进行译码时的一个输入参数),若译码失败(此时CRC校验可能通过也可能未通过),则确定第一数据包传输错误;若CRC校验通过且译码成功,则可以确定第一数据包传输正确。In an example, if the network device determines that the first data packet supports error delivery or needs to perform error delivery, the physical layer of the network device can perform a CRC check after receiving the first data packet, regardless of whether the CRC check passes or not. , Can be submitted to the MAC layer, and further, can also indicate to the MAC layer whether the CRC check is passed. Then the decoding entity of the MAC layer decodes the first data packet (wherein, whether the CRC check is passed can be used as an input parameter when the decoding entity is decoded), if the decoding fails (the CRC check may be Pass or fail), it is determined that the transmission of the first data packet is incorrect; if the CRC check is passed and the decoding is successful, it can be determined that the transmission of the first data packet is correct.
在又一个示例中,网络设备若确定第一数据包支持错误递交或者说需要执行错误递交,则网络设备的物理层在接收到第一数据包后,可以不再进行CRC校验,并递交给MAC层(此种情形下可以不再指示CRC校验是否通过),由MAC层的译码实体进行译码,若译码失败,则确定第一数据包传输错误;若译码成功,则可以确定第一数据包传输正确。采用该种方式,当第一数据包支持错误递交时,可以不再对第一数据包进行CRC校验,从而能够有效节省处理负担。In another example, if the network device determines that the first data packet supports error delivery or needs to perform error delivery, the physical layer of the network device may not perform CRC check after receiving the first data packet and submit it to The MAC layer (in this case can no longer indicate whether the CRC check is passed), the decoding entity of the MAC layer performs decoding. If the decoding fails, it is determined that the first data packet is transmitted incorrectly; if the decoding is successful, it can be Make sure that the first data packet is transmitted correctly. In this way, when the first data packet supports erroneous delivery, the CRC check of the first data packet can no longer be performed, which can effectively save the processing burden.
步骤307,网络设备对第一数据包执行错误递交。Step 307: The network device performs error delivery on the first data packet.
示例性地,网络设备对第一数据包进行错误递交可以包括以下至少一项:(1)网络设备的HARQ实体对第一数据包执行错误递交;(2)网络设备的解复用实体对第一数据包执行错误递交;(3)网络设备的RLC层实体对第一数据包执行错误递交;(4)网络设备的PDCP层实体对第一数据包执行错误递交。可以理解地,网络设备对第一数据包进行错误递交还可以包括其它层实体对第一数据包执行错误递交,比如SDAP层实体对第一数据包执行错误递交。示例性地,上述所描述的各个实体对第一数据包执行错误递交时,均可以通知上层第一数据包传输错误。Exemplarily, the error delivery of the first data packet by the network device may include at least one of the following: (1) the HARQ entity of the network device performs error delivery of the first data packet; (2) the demultiplexing entity of the network device performs the error delivery of the first data packet; A data packet performs error delivery; (3) the RLC layer entity of the network device performs error delivery for the first data packet; (4) the PDCP layer entity of the network device performs error delivery for the first data packet. Understandably, the error delivery of the first data packet by the network device may also include other layer entities executing error delivery of the first data packet, for example, the SDAP layer entity executing error delivery of the first data packet. Exemplarily, when each entity described above performs error delivery of the first data packet, it can notify the upper layer of the transmission error of the first data packet.
下面对上述不同实体对第一数据包执行错误递交进行详细说明。The following is a detailed description of the incorrect delivery of the first data packet performed by the above-mentioned different entities.
(1)HARQ实体对第一数据包执行错误递交(1) The HARQ entity performs incorrect delivery of the first data packet
HARQ实体可以将第一数据包和指示信息3递交给解复用实体,指示信息3用于指示第一数据包传输错误。在一个示例中,指示信息3用于指示第一数据包的译码正确率,比如,译码正确率为30%或者50%。The HARQ entity may submit the first data packet and the indication information 3 to the demultiplexing entity, and the indication information 3 is used to indicate a transmission error of the first data packet. In an example, the indication information 3 is used to indicate the decoding accuracy rate of the first data packet, for example, the decoding accuracy rate is 30% or 50%.
在一个示例中,HARQ实体可以在确定符合以下①②③中的至少一项后,将第一数据包和指示信息3递交给解复用实体。其中,①第一数据包的译码正确率大于第一阈值;②第一数据包的重传次数大于第二阈值;③所述第一数据包对应的定时器超时。示例性地,第一阈值、第二阈值和定时器的时长可以是由协议规定的;或者,也可以是由网络设备确定的,进一步地,网络设备还可以将第一阈值、第二阈值和定时器的时长发送给终端设备。In an example, the HARQ entity may submit the first data packet and the instruction information 3 to the demultiplexing entity after determining that it meets at least one of the following ①②③. Wherein, ① the decoding accuracy rate of the first data packet is greater than the first threshold; ② the number of retransmissions of the first data packet is greater than the second threshold; ③ the timer corresponding to the first data packet expires. Exemplarily, the duration of the first threshold, the second threshold, and the timer may be specified by the protocol; or, may also be determined by the network device. Further, the network device may also set the first threshold, the second threshold, and the The duration of the timer is sent to the terminal device.
举个例子,第一阈值可以为80%,终端设备接收到数据包1(数据包1为新传数据)后,若确定译码正确率达到20%(小于第一阈值),则可以不向解复用实体递交,并将HARQ缓存中的数据更新为数据包1;终端设备接收到数据包2(数据包2为第一次重传的数据包)后,将数据包2与HARQ缓存中的数据合并译码,若译码正确率达到50%(小于第一阈值),则可以不向解复用实体递交,并将HARQ缓存中的数据更新为数据包2和数据包1的合并结果;终端设备接收到数据包3(数据包2为第二次重传的数据包)后,将数据包3与HARQ缓存中的数据合并译码,若译码正确率达到90%,超过第一阈值(80%),则可以向解复用实体递交译码结果和指示信息3,指示信息3指示数据包3的译码正确率为90%。For example, the first threshold may be 80%. After the terminal device receives data packet 1 (data packet 1 is newly transmitted data), if it is determined that the decoding accuracy rate reaches 20% (less than the first threshold), it may not The demultiplexing entity submits and updates the data in the HARQ buffer to data packet 1. After receiving data packet 2 (data packet 2 is the first retransmitted data packet), it stores data packet 2 and HARQ buffer If the decoding accuracy reaches 50% (less than the first threshold), the data in the HARQ buffer may not be submitted to the demultiplexing entity, and the data in the HARQ buffer shall be updated to the combined result of data packet 2 and data packet 1. ; After the terminal device receives data packet 3 (data packet 2 is the second retransmitted data packet), it combines and decodes data packet 3 and the data in the HARQ buffer. If the decoding accuracy reaches 90%, it exceeds the first Threshold (80%), the decoding result and indication information 3 can be delivered to the demultiplexing entity, and the indication information 3 indicates that the decoding accuracy of the data packet 3 is 90%.
再举个例子,第二阈值为1,终端设备接收到数据包1(数据包1为新传数据)后,若确定译码失败,则可以不向解复用实体递交,并将HARQ缓存中的数据更新为数据包1;终端设备接收到数据包2(数据包2为第一次重传的数据包)后,将数据包2与HARQ缓存中的数据合并译码,若译码失败,则可以不向解复用实体递交,并将HARQ缓存中的数据更新为数据包2和数据包1的合并结果;终端设备接收到数据包3(数据包3为第二次重传的数据包)后,将数据包3与HARQ缓存中的数据合并译码,若仍然译码失败,但由于重传次数为2,大于第二阈值,则可以向解复用实体递交译码结果和指示信息3。For another example, the second threshold is 1, and after the terminal device receives data packet 1 (data packet 1 is new data), if it is determined that the decoding has failed, it may not submit to the demultiplexing entity and store it in the HARQ buffer The data of is updated to data packet 1. After receiving data packet 2 (data packet 2 is the first retransmitted data packet), it combines data packet 2 with the data in the HARQ buffer for decoding. If the decoding fails, It is not necessary to submit to the demultiplexing entity, and update the data in the HARQ buffer to the combined result of data packet 2 and data packet 1. The terminal device receives data packet 3 (data packet 3 is the second retransmitted data packet After ), the data packet 3 and the data in the HARQ buffer are combined and decoded. If the decoding still fails, but because the number of retransmissions is 2, which is greater than the second threshold, the decoding result and instruction information can be submitted to the demultiplexing entity 3.
再举个例子,终端设备接收到数据包1(数据包1为新传数据)后,启动定时器,若确定译码失败,则可以不向解复用实体递交,并将HARQ缓存中的数据更新为数据包1;终端设备接收到数据包2(数据包2为第一次重传的数据包)后,将数据包2与HARQ缓存中的数据合并译码,译码失败,若定时器尚未超时,则可以不向解复用实体递交,并将HARQ缓存中的数据更新为数据包2和数据包1的合并结果;终端设备接收到数据包3(数据包3为第二次重传的数据包)后,将数据包3与HARQ缓存中的数据合并译码,仍然译码失败,若定时器超时,则可以向解复用实体递交译码结果和指示信息3。For another example, after the terminal device receives data packet 1 (data packet 1 is newly transmitted data), it starts a timer. If it is determined that the decoding has failed, it may not submit to the demultiplexing entity, and the data in the HARQ buffer Update to data packet 1. After receiving data packet 2 (data packet 2 is the data packet retransmitted for the first time), the terminal device combines data packet 2 with the data in the HARQ buffer to decode, and the decoding fails. If the timer If it has not timed out, it is not necessary to submit to the demultiplexing entity, and update the data in the HARQ buffer to the combined result of data packet 2 and data packet 1. The terminal device receives data packet 3 (data packet 3 is the second retransmission After the data packet), the data packet 3 and the data in the HARQ buffer are combined and decoded, and the decoding still fails. If the timer expires, the decoding result and instruction information 3 can be delivered to the demultiplexing entity.
需要说明的是:①可选地,HARQ实体将传输错误的数据包(比如第一数据包)递交给解复用实体后,若收到第一数据包的重传数据包,则可以不再向解复用实体递交重传数据包,参见图4中的(a)或(b)所示。此种情形下,当业务的时延要求比较高时,重传的数据包可能无法满足业务的时延要求,进而可以无需再将重传数据包递交给解复用实体,以节省上层的处理负担。或者,HARQ实体将传输错误的数据包(比如第一数据包)递交给解复用实体后,HARQ实体收到第一数据包的重传数据包后,若确定传输正确,则可以向解复用实体递交重传数据包,若确定传输错误,则可以不向解复用实体递交重传数据包,参见图4中的(c)所示。或者,HARQ实体将传输错误的数据包(比如第一数据包)递交给解复用实体后,若接收到第一数据包的重传数据包,则不论是否传输正确,均可以向解复用实体递交,参见图4中的(d)所示。It should be noted that: (1) Optionally, after the HARQ entity submits the incorrectly transmitted data packet (such as the first data packet) to the demultiplexing entity, if it receives the retransmitted data packet of the first data packet, it can no longer Submit the retransmission data packet to the demultiplexing entity, as shown in (a) or (b) in FIG. 4. In this case, when the service delay requirement is relatively high, the retransmitted data packet may not meet the service delay requirement, and there is no need to submit the retransmitted data packet to the demultiplexing entity to save upper layer processing burden. Or, after the HARQ entity submits the wrongly transmitted data packet (such as the first data packet) to the demultiplexing entity, after the HARQ entity receives the retransmitted data packet of the first data packet, if it is determined that the transmission is correct, it can send to the demultiplexing entity The entity is used to submit the retransmitted data packet. If the transmission error is determined, the retransmitted data packet may not be submitted to the demultiplexing entity, as shown in (c) in FIG. 4. Or, after the HARQ entity submits the wrongly transmitted data packet (such as the first data packet) to the demultiplexing entity, if it receives the retransmitted data packet of the first data packet, the data packet can be transmitted to the demultiplexer regardless of whether the transmission is correct or not. For entity submission, see (d) in Figure 4.
②可选地,针对于支持错误递交的数据包(比如第一数据包),在一个示例中,HARQ实体可以根据是否向解复用实体递交第一数据包来执行相应的反馈。比如,HARQ实体若将传输错误的第一数据包递交给解复用实体,则可以不再针对第一数据包反馈确认回答(acknowledgement,ACK)或否定回答(negative acknowledgement,NACK),即不执行反馈。又比如,HARQ实体若将传输错误的第一数据包递交给解复用实体,则可以针对第一数据包反馈ACK,若未递交,则可以针对第一数据包反馈NACK或者不执行反馈。又比如,HARQ实体若将传输错误的第一数据包递交给解复用实体,则不执行反馈,若未递交,则可以针对第一数据包反馈NACK。在又一个示例中,HARQ实体也可以根据第一数据包是否传输正确来执行相应的反馈。比如,HARQ实体若确定第一数据包传输正确,则反馈ACK,若确定第一数据包传输错误,则反馈NACK或者不执行反馈。又比如,HARQ实体若确定第一数据包传输正确,则不执行反馈,若确定第一数据包传输错误,则反馈NACK。② Optionally, for data packets that support error delivery (such as the first data packet), in one example, the HARQ entity may perform corresponding feedback according to whether to deliver the first data packet to the demultiplexing entity. For example, if the HARQ entity submits the first data packet with a transmission error to the demultiplexing entity, it may no longer feed back an acknowledgement (ACK) or negative answer (NACK) for the first data packet, that is, it does not execute Feedback. For another example, if the HARQ entity delivers the first data packet with a transmission error to the demultiplexing entity, it can feed back an ACK for the first data packet, and if it is not delivered, it can feed back NACK for the first data packet or not perform feedback. For another example, if the HARQ entity submits the first data packet with a transmission error to the demultiplexing entity, the feedback is not performed, and if it is not submitted, it can feed back NACK for the first data packet. In another example, the HARQ entity may also perform corresponding feedback according to whether the first data packet is transmitted correctly. For example, if the HARQ entity determines that the transmission of the first data packet is correct, it feeds back ACK, and if it determines that the transmission of the first data packet is incorrect, it feeds back NACK or does not perform feedback. For another example, if the HARQ entity determines that the transmission of the first data packet is correct, it does not perform feedback, and if it determines that the transmission of the first data packet is incorrect, it feeds back NACK.
(2)解复用实体对第一数据包执行错误递交。(2) The demultiplexing entity performs error delivery on the first data packet.
解复用实体可以将第一数据包和指示信息4递交给RLC层实体,指示信息4用于指示第一数据包传输错误。此处,若第一数据包为HARQ实体递交的MAC PDU,则解复用实体接收到HARQ实体递交的MAC PDU后,可以将MAC PDU解复用为一个或多个MAC  SDU,并递交给RLC层实体。The demultiplexing entity may deliver the first data packet and the indication information 4 to the RLC layer entity, and the indication information 4 is used to indicate a transmission error of the first data packet. Here, if the first data packet is a MAC PDU submitted by the HARQ entity, after receiving the MAC PDU submitted by the HARQ entity, the demultiplexing entity can demultiplex the MAC PDU into one or more MAC SDUs and submit them to the RLC Layer entity.
示例性地,以第一数据包包括MAC SDU1为例,解复用实体可以在符合以下①②③④中的至少一项后,将MAC SDU1递交给RLC层实体。其中,①解复用实体获取到MAC SDU1对应的逻辑信道标识;②解复用实体获取到MAC SDU1对应的逻辑信道标识,且逻辑信道标识所对应的逻辑信道支持错误递交;③解复用实体确定未向RLC层实体递交过MAC SDU1;④解复用实体确定第一数据包的译码正确率大于第三阈值。⑤距离第一次接收到MAC SDU1的错误数据包开始,已经过去了时长T1。Illustratively, taking the first data packet including the MAC SDU1 as an example, the demultiplexing entity may submit the MAC SDU1 to the RLC layer entity after meeting at least one of the following ①②③④. Among them, ① the demultiplexing entity obtains the logical channel identifier corresponding to MAC SDU1; ② the demultiplexing entity obtains the logical channel identifier corresponding to MAC SDU1, and the logical channel corresponding to the logical channel identifier supports error delivery; ③ the demultiplexing entity It is determined that the MAC SDU1 has not been submitted to the RLC layer entity; ④ The demultiplexing entity determines that the decoding accuracy rate of the first data packet is greater than the third threshold. ⑤ The time period T1 has elapsed since the first receiving of the wrong data packet of MAC SDU1.
其中,解复用实体获取到MAC SDU1对应的逻辑信道标识的方式可以有多种,在一种可能的实现方式中,解复用实体可以从第一数据包中解析得到MAC SDU1对应的逻辑信道标识,比如,解复用实体从第一数据包的MAC子头中解析得到MAC SDU1对应的逻辑信道标识。在又一种可能的实现方式中,解复用实体可以从DCI中获取到MAC SDU1对应的逻辑信道标识或者从上层配置消息中获取到MAC SDU1对应的逻辑信道标识。本申请实施例中对解复用实体获取逻辑信道标识的方式不做限定,下文中以解复用实体从第一数据包的MAC子头中解析得到逻辑信道标识为例进行描述。第三阈值可以是由协议约定的,或者也可以是由网络设备确定的,进一步地,网络设备还可以将第三阈值发送给终端设备。时长T1的取值可以是由协议约定的,或者也可以是由网络设备确定的,进一步地,网络设备还可以将T1的取值发送给终端设备。Among them, the demultiplexing entity can obtain the logical channel identifier corresponding to MAC SDU1 in many ways. In a possible implementation manner, the demultiplexing entity can parse the first data packet to obtain the logical channel corresponding to MAC SDU1 The identifier, for example, the demultiplexing entity parses the MAC subheader of the first data packet to obtain the logical channel identifier corresponding to the MAC SDU1. In another possible implementation manner, the demultiplexing entity may obtain the logical channel identifier corresponding to the MAC SDU1 from the DCI or obtain the logical channel identifier corresponding to the MAC SDU1 from the upper layer configuration message. In the embodiments of the present application, the manner in which the demultiplexing entity obtains the logical channel identifier is not limited, and the following description will be made by taking the demultiplexing entity parsed from the MAC subheader of the first data packet to obtain the logical channel identifier as an example. The third threshold may be agreed upon by a protocol, or may also be determined by the network device. Further, the network device may also send the third threshold to the terminal device. The value of the time length T1 may be agreed upon by the protocol, or may also be determined by the network device. Further, the network device may also send the value of T1 to the terminal device.
下面结合示例1至示例5进行详细说明。A detailed description will be given below in conjunction with Example 1 to Example 5.
示例1:解复用实体若从第一数据包的MAC子头中解析得到一个或多个逻辑信道标识,则向一个或多个RLC层实体递交解复用后的一个或多个MAC SDU,否则不向上层递交。Example 1: If the demultiplexing entity obtains one or more logical channel identifiers from the MAC sub-header of the first data packet, then it submits the demultiplexed one or more MAC SDUs to one or more RLC layer entities, Otherwise, it will not be submitted to the upper level.
举个例子,第一数据包中包括来自逻辑信道1的MAC SDU1和来自逻辑信道2的MAC SDU2。解复用实体获取到逻辑信道1的标识和逻辑信道2的标识,则可以通过逻辑信道1向RLC层实体1递交MAC SDU1,以及通过逻辑信道2向RLC层实体2递交MAC SDU2。解复用实体若未解析得到逻辑信道1的标识和逻辑信道2的标识,则可以不再递交。For example, the first data packet includes MAC SDU1 from logical channel 1 and MAC SDU2 from logical channel 2. When the demultiplexing entity obtains the identification of logical channel 1 and the identification of logical channel 2, it can submit the MAC SDU1 to the RLC layer entity 1 through the logical channel 1, and the MAC SDU2 to the RLC layer entity 2 through the logical channel 2. If the demultiplexing entity has not obtained the identification of logical channel 1 and the identification of logical channel 2, it may not submit it again.
示例2:解复用实体从第一数据包的MAC子头中解析得到一个或多个逻辑信道标识,且一个或多个逻辑信道中部分或全部逻辑信道支持错误递交,则可以通过支持错误递交的逻辑信道向RLC层实体递交解复用后的MAC SDU,针对于不支持错误递交的逻辑信道,则可以不递交MAC SDU。Example 2: The demultiplexing entity parses the MAC sub-header of the first data packet to obtain one or more logical channel identifiers, and some or all of the logical channels in one or more logical channels support error delivery, it can support error delivery For logical channels that do not support erroneous submission, the MAC SDU may not be submitted to the RLC layer entity after demultiplexing.
举个例子,第一数据包中包括来自逻辑信道1的MAC SDU1和来自逻辑信道2的MAC SDU2,逻辑信道1和逻辑信道2均支持错误递交。解复用实体若从第一数据包的MAC子头中解析得到逻辑信道1的标识和逻辑信道2的标识,则可以通过逻辑信道1向RLC层实体1递交MAC SDU1,以及通过逻辑信道2向RLC层实体2递交MAC SDU2。For example, the first data packet includes MAC SDU1 from logical channel 1 and MAC SDU2 from logical channel 2, and both logical channel 1 and logical channel 2 support error delivery. If the demultiplexing entity obtains the identification of logical channel 1 and the identification of logical channel 2 from the MAC subheader of the first data packet, it can submit the MAC SDU1 to the RLC layer entity 1 through logical channel 1, and to the RLC layer entity 1 through logical channel 2. The RLC layer entity 2 submits the MAC SDU2.
再举个例子,第一数据包中包括来自逻辑信道1的MAC SDU1和来自逻辑信道2的MAC SDU2,逻辑信道1支持错误递交,逻辑信道2不支持错误递交。解复用实体若从第一数据包的MAC子头中解析得到逻辑信道1的标识和逻辑信道2的标识,则可以通过逻辑信道1向RLC层实体1递交MAC SDU1,还可以指示MAC SDU1传输错误;而针对于MAC SDU2,则可以等待重传,并在接收到重传且合并译码成功的MAC SDU2后,可以通过逻辑信道2向RLC层实体2递交MAC SDU2。For another example, the first data packet includes MAC SDU1 from logical channel 1 and MAC SDU2 from logical channel 2. Logical channel 1 supports error delivery, and logical channel 2 does not support error delivery. If the demultiplexing entity obtains the identification of logical channel 1 and the identification of logical channel 2 from the MAC sub-header of the first data packet, it can submit MAC SDU1 to RLC layer entity 1 through logical channel 1, and can also indicate MAC SDU1 transmission Error; For MAC SDU2, you can wait for retransmission, and after receiving the retransmitted and successfully combined and decoded MAC SDU2, you can submit the MAC SDU2 to the RLC layer entity 2 through the logical channel 2.
可以理解地,在该例子中,逻辑信道1支持错误递交,说明逻辑信道1中的数据的时 延要求可能比较高,逻辑信道2不支持错误递交,说明逻辑信道2中的数据的时延要求可能比较低。在一种可能的场景中,若发送端设备在发送数据时,只有支持错误递交的资源,则发送端设备可以将逻辑信道1中的数据和逻辑信道2中的数据复用到同一数据包(即第一数据包)中发送。相应地,接收端设备的解复用实体在确定第一数据包传输错误后,可以先向上层递交MAC SDU1,然后等待重传。接收端设备的HARQ实体在接收到重传的第一数据包后,若合并译码成功,则可以向解复用实体递交重传后的第一数据包,进而解复用实体可以通过逻辑信道2向RLC层实体2递交MAC SDU2,此种情形下,解复用实体可以再次向通过逻辑信道1向RLC层实体1递交MAC SDU1(还可以通知RLC层实体1,此次递交的MAC SDU1为第二次递交,和/或,还可以通知RLC层实体1,此次递交的MAC SDU1传输正确),或者也可以不再递交MAC SDU1。Understandably, in this example, logical channel 1 supports error delivery, indicating that the delay requirements of the data in logical channel 1 may be relatively high, and logical channel 2 does not support error delivery, indicating the delay requirements of data in logical channel 2. It may be lower. In a possible scenario, if the sender device only supports wrongly submitted resources when sending data, the sender device can multiplex the data in logical channel 1 and the data in logical channel 2 into the same data packet ( That is, the first data packet). Correspondingly, after determining that the first data packet is incorrectly transmitted, the demultiplexing entity of the receiving end device may first submit the MAC SDU1 to the upper layer, and then wait for retransmission. After receiving the retransmitted first data packet, the HARQ entity of the receiving end device can deliver the retransmitted first data packet to the demultiplexing entity if the combined decoding is successful, and then the demultiplexing entity can pass the logical channel 2 Submit MAC SDU2 to RLC layer entity 2. In this case, the demultiplexing entity can submit MAC SDU1 to RLC layer entity 1 through logical channel 1 again (it can also notify RLC layer entity 1 that the MAC SDU1 submitted this time is For the second submission, and/or, the RLC layer entity 1 may also be notified that the MAC SDU1 submitted this time is transmitted correctly), or the MAC SDU1 may not be submitted again.
示例3:解复用实体从第一数据包的MAC子头中解析得到一个或多个逻辑信道标识,一个或多个逻辑信道中包括支持错误递交的逻辑信道(比如逻辑信道1),且解复用实体还没有通过逻辑信道1向上层递交过MAC SDU,则向上层递交MAC SDU,否则不向上层递交MAC SDU。Example 3: The demultiplexing entity parses the MAC subheader of the first data packet to obtain one or more logical channel identifiers, one or more logical channels include a logical channel that supports error delivery (such as logical channel 1), and the solution The multiplexing entity has not submitted the MAC SDU to the upper layer through logical channel 1, and then submits the MAC SDU to the upper layer; otherwise, it does not submit the MAC SDU to the upper layer.
举个例子,第一数据包中包括来自逻辑信道1的MAC SDU1和来自逻辑信道2的MAC SDU2,逻辑信道1支持错误递交,逻辑信道2不支持错误递交。解复用实体若从第一数据包的MAC子头中解析得到逻辑信道1的标识和逻辑信道2的标识,则判断是否已经通过逻辑信道1向RLC层实体1递交MAC SDU1,若已经通过逻辑信道1向RLC层实体1递交MAC SDU1(比如,第一数据包为数据包1的重传数据包,解复用实体已经将数据包1中的MAC SDU1通过逻辑信道1递交给了RLC层实体1),则可以不再递交MAC SDU1,或者,也可以再次通过逻辑信道1向RLC层实体1递交MAC SDU1,进一步地,还可以通知RLC层实体1,此次递交MAC SDU1为第N次(比如第二次或第三次)递交MAC SDU1,和/或,还可以通知RLC层实体1,此次递交MAC SDU1传输错误(或传输正确);若尚未通过逻辑信道1向RLC层实体1递交MAC SDU1,则可以通过逻辑信道1向RLC层实体1递交MAC SDU1。而针对于MAC SDU2,则可以等待重传,并在接收到重传且合并译码成功的MAC SDU2后,可以通过逻辑信道2向RLC层实体2递交MAC SDU2。For example, the first data packet includes MAC SDU1 from logical channel 1 and MAC SDU2 from logical channel 2. Logical channel 1 supports error delivery, and logical channel 2 does not support error delivery. If the demultiplexing entity obtains the identification of logical channel 1 and the identification of logical channel 2 from the MAC sub-header of the first data packet, it determines whether the MAC SDU1 has been submitted to the RLC layer entity 1 through logical channel 1. Channel 1 delivers MAC SDU1 to RLC layer entity 1 (for example, the first data packet is a retransmitted data packet of data packet 1, and the demultiplexing entity has already delivered the MAC SDU1 in data packet 1 to the RLC layer entity through logical channel 1. 1), MAC SDU1 may no longer be submitted, or, MAC SDU1 may be submitted to RLC layer entity 1 through logical channel 1 again, and further, RLC layer entity 1 may be notified that this submission of MAC SDU1 is the Nth time ( For example, the second or third time) MAC SDU1 is submitted, and/or RLC layer entity 1 can also be notified that the transmission of MAC SDU1 is incorrect (or the transmission is correct); if it has not been submitted to RLC layer entity 1 through logical channel 1 For MAC SDU1, MAC SDU1 can be delivered to RLC layer entity 1 through logical channel 1. For the MAC SDU2, it can wait for retransmission, and after receiving the retransmitted and successfully combined and decoded MAC SDU2, the MAC SDU2 can be delivered to the RLC layer entity 2 through the logical channel 2.
示例4:解复用实体从第一数据包的MAC子头中解析得到一个或多个逻辑信道标识,一个或多个逻辑信道中包括支持错误递交的逻辑信道(比如逻辑信道1),且HARQ指示第一数据包的译码正确率大于第三阈值,则可以通过逻辑信道1向上层递交MAC SDU,否则不向上层递交。Example 4: The demultiplexing entity parses the MAC subheader of the first data packet to obtain one or more logical channel identifiers, one or more logical channels include a logical channel that supports error delivery (such as logical channel 1), and HARQ Indicate that the decoding accuracy rate of the first data packet is greater than the third threshold, then the MAC SDU can be delivered to the upper layer through logical channel 1, otherwise the MAC SDU is not delivered to the upper layer.
举个例子,第一数据包中包括来自逻辑信道1的MAC SDU1和来自逻辑信道2的MAC SDU2,逻辑信道1支持错误递交,逻辑信道2不支持错误递交。解复用实体若从第一数据包的MAC子头中解析得到逻辑信道1的标识和逻辑信道2的标识,则可以根据指示信息3判断第一数据包的译码正确率是否大于第三阈值,若第一数据包的译码正确率大于第三阈值,则可以通过逻辑信道1向上层递交MAC SDU1,而针对于MAC SDU2,则可以等待重传,并在接收到重传且合并译码成功的MAC SDU2后,可以通过逻辑信道2向RLC层实体2递交MAC SDU2;若第一数据包的译码正确率小于或等于第三阈值,则不再递交MAC SDU1。For example, the first data packet includes MAC SDU1 from logical channel 1 and MAC SDU2 from logical channel 2. Logical channel 1 supports error delivery, and logical channel 2 does not support error delivery. If the demultiplexing entity obtains the identification of logical channel 1 and the identification of logical channel 2 from the MAC sub-header of the first data packet, it can determine whether the decoding accuracy of the first data packet is greater than the third threshold according to the indication information 3. If the decoding accuracy rate of the first data packet is greater than the third threshold, the MAC SDU1 can be delivered to the upper layer through logical channel 1. For MAC SDU2, the retransmission can be waited for, and the retransmission can be received and combined decoding After the successful MAC SDU2, the MAC SDU2 can be delivered to the RLC layer entity 2 through the logical channel 2; if the decoding accuracy rate of the first data packet is less than or equal to the third threshold, the MAC SDU1 is no longer delivered.
示例5:解复用实体从第一数据包的MAC子头中解析得到一个或多个逻辑信道标识,一个或多个逻辑信道中包括支持错误递交的逻辑信道(比如逻辑信道1)。解复用实体若确 定距离第一次接收到MAC SDU1的错误数据包开始,已经过去了时长T1,则可以通过逻辑信道1向上层递交MAC SDU1,否则不向上层递交。Example 5: The demultiplexing entity parses the MAC subheader of the first data packet to obtain one or more logical channel identifiers, and the one or more logical channels include a logical channel that supports error delivery (such as logical channel 1). If the demultiplexing entity determines that the time period T1 has elapsed since the first reception of the error packet of MAC SDU1, it can deliver MAC SDU1 to the upper layer through logical channel 1, otherwise it will not deliver it to the upper layer.
举个例子,解复用实体接收数据包1,数据包1中包括来自逻辑信道1的MAC SDU1和来自逻辑信道2的MAC SDU2,逻辑信道1支持错误递交,逻辑信道2不支持错误递交。解复用实体若确定数据包1为第一次接收到的MAC SDU1的错误数据包,则可以不递交MAC SDU1和MAC SDU2,并启动定时器,定时器的时长为T1。解复用实体接收数据包1的重复数据包(称为数据包2),数据包2传输错误,但此时定时器超时,则解复用实体可以通过逻辑信道1向上层递交MAC SDU1。而针对于MAC SDU2,则可以等待重传,并在接收到重传且合并译码成功的MAC SDU2后,可以通过逻辑信道2向RLC层实体2递交MAC SDU2。For example, the demultiplexing entity receives data packet 1. Data packet 1 includes MAC SDU1 from logical channel 1 and MAC SDU2 from logical channel 2. Logical channel 1 supports error delivery, and logical channel 2 does not support error delivery. If the demultiplexing entity determines that the data packet 1 is an error data packet of the MAC SDU1 received for the first time, it may not submit the MAC SDU1 and the MAC SDU2, and starts a timer, and the duration of the timer is T1. The demultiplexing entity receives the duplicate data packet of the data packet 1 (referred to as the data packet 2), and the transmission of the data packet 2 is wrong, but at this time the timer expires, the demultiplexing entity can submit the MAC SDU1 to the upper layer through the logical channel 1. For the MAC SDU2, it can wait for retransmission, and after receiving the retransmitted and successfully combined and decoded MAC SDU2, the MAC SDU2 can be delivered to the RLC layer entity 2 through the logical channel 2.
可以理解地,上述示例1至示例5仅是描述一些示例性的情形,本申请实施例中还可以包括其它可能的情形,比如解复用实体也可以在同时满足多个条件时向上层递交MAC SDU;举个例子,第一数据包包括MAC SDU1,解复用实体可以在确定未向RLC层实体递交过MAC SDU1且第一数据包的译码正确率大于第三阈值的情形下,向上层递交MAC SDU1,具体不再一一列举。Understandably, the above examples 1 to 5 only describe some exemplary situations. The embodiments of this application may also include other possible situations. For example, the demultiplexing entity may also submit the MAC to the upper layer when multiple conditions are met at the same time. SDU; For example, the first data packet includes MAC SDU1, and the demultiplexing entity may, in the case where it is determined that the MAC SDU1 has not been submitted to the RLC layer entity, and the decoding accuracy of the first data packet is greater than the third threshold, the upper layer Submit MAC SDU1, the details will not be listed one by one.
需要说明的是,解复用实体若确定第一数据包中包括MAC CE,则可以应用(apply)该MAC CE。在一个示例中,解复用实体可以在确定第一数据包传输正确后,应用第一数据包中所包括的MAC CE。在又一个示例中,解复用实体可以在符合以下①②③中的至少一项后,执行MAC CE指示的行为。其中,①解复用实体从第一数据包中解析得到逻辑信道标识;②解复用实体确定是首次收到第一数据包;③解复用实体确定第一数据包的译码正确率大于第四阈值。其中,第四阈值可以为网络设备确定的,进一步地,网络设备还可以将第四阈值发送给终端设备。It should be noted that if the demultiplexing entity determines that the MAC CE is included in the first data packet, the MAC CE may be applied. In an example, the demultiplexing entity may apply the MAC CE included in the first data packet after determining that the transmission of the first data packet is correct. In another example, the demultiplexing entity may perform the behavior indicated by the MAC CE after meeting at least one of the following ①②③. Among them, ① the demultiplexing entity parses the first data packet to obtain the logical channel identification; ② the demultiplexing entity determines that the first data packet is received for the first time; ③ the demultiplexing entity determines that the decoding accuracy of the first data packet is greater The fourth threshold. The fourth threshold may be determined by the network device, and further, the network device may also send the fourth threshold to the terminal device.
示例性地,应用MAC CE的具体实现可以有多种,比如执行MAC CE所指示的行为。下面举几个例子对应用MAC CE的一些可能的实现进行详细说明。比如MAC CE为缓存区报告(buffer status report,BSR)MAC CE,则网络设备可以根据BSR来对终端设备进行调度。又比如MAC CE为功率余量上报(power headroom report,PHR)MAC CE,则网络设备可以根据PHR对终端设备进行调度,比如若终端设备上报自己的功率余量较小,而网络设备发现上报PHR时终端设备使用的上行子频带宽度为4MHz,说明终端设备的功率不足以支撑大于4MHz的子频带传输,进而可以避免一次为终端设备分配大于4MHz的子频带宽度。Exemplarily, there may be multiple specific implementations of applying the MAC CE, such as executing the behavior indicated by the MAC CE. Here are a few examples to explain in detail some possible implementations of MAC CE. For example, MAC CE is a buffer status report (BSR) MAC CE, and the network device can schedule the terminal device according to the BSR. For example, MAC CE is a power headroom report (PHR) MAC CE, and the network device can schedule the terminal device according to the PHR. For example, if the terminal device reports that its power headroom is small, and the network device finds that it reports PHR At this time, the uplink sub-band width used by the terminal device is 4 MHz, which indicates that the power of the terminal device is not enough to support the sub-band transmission greater than 4 MHz, which can avoid allocating a sub-band width greater than 4 MHz to the terminal device at a time.
(3)RLC层实体、PDCP层实体对第一数据包执行错误递交(3) The RLC layer entity and the PDCP layer entity perform error delivery of the first data packet
示例性地,RLC层实体或PDCP层实体接收到来自MAC层的MAC SDU(比如MAC SDU1),且MAC层指示MAC SDU1为一个传输错误的数据包时,RLC层实体或PDCP层实体可以根据RLC序列号(sequence number,SN)和PDCP SN移动各自层的窗口,即RLC层实体可以移动RLC SN的窗口,PDCP层实体可以移动PDCP SN的窗口。Exemplarily, when the RLC layer entity or the PDCP layer entity receives the MAC SDU (such as MAC SDU1) from the MAC layer, and the MAC layer indicates that the MAC SDU1 is a data packet with a transmission error, the RLC layer entity or the PDCP layer entity can be based on the RLC layer. The sequence number (SN) and PDCP SN move the windows of their respective layers, that is, the RLC layer entity can move the RLC SN window, and the PDCP layer entity can move the PDCP SN window.
在一个示例中,RLC层实体或PDCP层实体接收到来自MAC层的MAC SDU1,并且MAC层指示MAC SDU1为一个传输错误的数据包时,RLC层实体或PDCP层实体若确定是第一次接收到MAC SDU1,则可以根据RLC序列号(sequence number,SN)和PDCP SN移动各自层的窗口,若确定不是第一次接收MAC SDU1(比如可能为第二次或第三次接收MAC SDU1),则可以不再根据RLC SN和PDCP SN移动各自层的窗口,从而避免针对于 同一MAC SDU多次移动窗口而导致出现错误。示例性地,即使第二次或第三次接收到的MAC SDU1传输正确,RLC层实体或PDCP层实体也可以不再根据RLC SN和PDCP SN移动各自层的窗口。In an example, when the RLC layer entity or the PDCP layer entity receives the MAC SDU1 from the MAC layer, and the MAC layer indicates that the MAC SDU1 is a data packet with a transmission error, if the RLC layer entity or the PDCP layer entity determines that it is the first reception To MAC SDU1, the window of each layer can be moved according to the RLC sequence number (SN) and PDCP SN. If it is determined that it is not the first time to receive MAC SDU1 (for example, it may be the second or third time to receive MAC SDU1), Therefore, the windows of the respective layers can no longer be moved according to the RLC SN and PDCP SN, thereby avoiding errors caused by moving windows for the same MAC SDU multiple times. Exemplarily, even if the MAC SDU1 received for the second or third time is transmitted correctly, the RLC layer entity or the PDCP layer entity may no longer move the windows of the respective layers according to the RLC SN and PDCP SN.
此外,针对于对第一数据包执行错误递交,还需要说明的是:In addition, for the error delivery of the first data packet, it is also necessary to explain:
(1)RLC层实体接收到来自MAC层的MAC SDU(比如MAC SDU1),且MAC层指示MAC SDU1为一个传输错误(或译码失败)的数据包时,RLC层实体可以向上层的PDCP层实体递交该数据包,或者也可以不向上层的PDCP层实体递交该数据包,具体实现可以由网络设备来决定,进一步地,网络设备还可以为终端设备配置这一具体实现,比如,网络设备可以通过RRC信令为终端设备配置这一具体实现。(1) When the RLC layer entity receives the MAC SDU (such as MAC SDU1) from the MAC layer, and the MAC layer indicates that MAC SDU1 is a transmission error (or decoding failure) packet, the RLC layer entity can be used to the upper PDCP layer The entity submits the data packet, or may not submit the data packet to the upper PDCP layer entity. The specific implementation can be determined by the network device. Further, the network device can also configure the specific implementation for the terminal device, for example, the network device This specific implementation can be configured for terminal equipment through RRC signaling.
(2)如果RLC层实体多次接收到来自MAC层的同一个MAC SDU,并且每一次MAC层都指示传输错误(或译码失败),RLC层实体可以每一次均向PDCP层实体递交该MAC SDU;或者,也可以前N次均向PDCP层实体递交该MAC SDU,而后续不再递交,N的取值可以由网络设备来确定,进一步地,网络设备还可以向终端设备指示N的取值;又或者,RLC层实体可以在接收到MAC层指示译码成功率大于某一门限(该门限可以是由协议约定的,或者也可以是由网络设备确定的,进一步地,网络设备还可以将该门限的取值发送给终端设备)时,向PDCP层实体递交该MAC SDU;又或者,RLC层实体可以在距离第一次接收到该MAC SDU的错误数据包开始,已经过去了时长T2时,向PDCP层实体递交该MAC SDU,时长T2可以是由协议约定的,或者也可以是由网络设备确定的,进一步地,网络设备还可以将该T2的取值发送给终端设备。(2) If the RLC layer entity receives the same MAC SDU from the MAC layer multiple times, and each time the MAC layer indicates a transmission error (or decoding failure), the RLC layer entity can submit the MAC to the PDCP layer entity each time SDU; or, the MAC SDU can also be submitted to the PDCP layer entity for the first N times, and no subsequent submissions are made. The value of N can be determined by the network device. Further, the network device can also indicate the value of N to the terminal device. Value; or, the RLC layer entity may indicate that the decoding success rate is greater than a certain threshold after receiving the MAC layer (the threshold may be agreed by the protocol, or it may be determined by the network device, further, the network device may also When the value of the threshold is sent to the terminal device), the MAC SDU is submitted to the PDCP layer entity; or, the RLC layer entity can receive the MAC SDU error packet for the first time since the time period T2 has elapsed. When the MAC SDU is delivered to the PDCP layer entity, the duration T2 may be agreed upon by the protocol, or may also be determined by the network device. Further, the network device may also send the value of T2 to the terminal device.
(3)PDCP层实体(或者SDAP层实体)向上层(比如应用层)递交时,可以向上层指示其递交的数据包为一个传输错误的数据包。可以理解地,由于网络设备和终端设备均可能作为数据包的接收端设备,因此当网络设备作为接收端设备时,网络设备的PDCP层实体(或者SDAP层实体)可以向应用服务器的应用层递交数据包,并指示递交的数据包为一个传输错误的数据包;当终端设备作为接收端设备时,终端设备的PDCP层实体(或者SDAP层实体)可以向终端设备的应用层递交数据包,并指示递交的数据包为一个传输错误的数据包,从而使得终端设备的应用层可以统计分组错误率(packet error rate,PER),后续反馈给应用服务器的应用层。采用上述方式,使得核心网设备可以根据数据包的传输情况对数据包进行计费,比如,核心网设备获知数据包为传输错误的数据包时,针对该数据包可以不参与流量统计,且不计费,或者,也可以按预设比例计算流量或计费,比如该数据包包括100字节,则在进行流量统计时可以按40字节来计算。本申请实施例对预设比例不做限定。(3) When the PDCP layer entity (or SDAP layer entity) submits to the upper layer (such as the application layer), it can indicate to the upper layer that the data packet it submits is a data packet with a transmission error. Understandably, since both the network device and the terminal device may act as the receiving end device of the data packet, when the network device is used as the receiving end device, the PDCP layer entity (or SDAP layer entity) of the network device can submit to the application layer of the application server Data packet, and indicate that the submitted data packet is a transmission error data packet; when the terminal device is used as the receiving end device, the PDCP layer entity (or SDAP layer entity) of the terminal device can submit the data packet to the application layer of the terminal device, and Indicate that the delivered data packet is a data packet with a transmission error, so that the application layer of the terminal device can count the packet error rate (PER), which is subsequently fed back to the application layer of the application server. With the above method, the core network device can charge the data packet according to the transmission condition of the data packet. For example, when the core network device learns that the data packet is a data packet with a transmission error, it may not participate in traffic statistics for the data packet, and does not Charging, alternatively, the flow or charging can also be calculated according to a preset ratio. For example, if the data packet includes 100 bytes, it can be calculated as 40 bytes when performing traffic statistics. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the preset ratio.
实施例二Example two
在实施例二中,将针对下行通信情形描述一些可能的实现。In the second embodiment, some possible implementations will be described for the downlink communication situation.
图5为本申请实施例二提供的数据传输方法所对应的流程示意图,如图5所示,包括:FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of the process corresponding to the data transmission method provided in the second embodiment of the application, as shown in FIG. 5, including:
步骤501,网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息4,配置信息4用于为终端设备配置错误递交功能。Step 501: The network device sends configuration information 4 to the terminal device, and the configuration information 4 is used to configure the error delivery function for the terminal device.
相应地,在步骤502中,终端设备接收配置信息4。Correspondingly, in step 502, the terminal device receives configuration information 4.
作为示例,终端设备可以向网络设备上报终端设备是否支持错误递交,若终端设备支持错误递交,则网络设备可以向终端设备发送配置信息4,若终端设备不支持错误递交, 则网络设备可以不再向终端设备发送配置信息4。其中,终端设备向网络设备上报终端设备是否支持错误递交的方式可以有多种,比如,终端设备可以向网络设备上报终端设备的能力信息,能力信息用于指示终端设备是否支持错误递交。As an example, the terminal device can report to the network device whether the terminal device supports error delivery, if the terminal device supports error delivery, the network device can send configuration information to the terminal device 4, if the terminal device does not support error delivery, the network device can no longer Send configuration information to the terminal device4. There are many ways for the terminal device to report whether the terminal device supports error delivery to the network device. For example, the terminal device can report the capability information of the terminal device to the network device, and the capability information is used to indicate whether the terminal device supports error delivery.
在一个示例中,被配置了错误递交功能的终端设备,在接收到数据包后,若确定数据包需要执行错误递交,则在物理层可以不再对该数据包进行CRC校验,并递交MAC层。In an example, a terminal device configured with an error delivery function, after receiving a data packet, if it is determined that the data packet needs to perform error delivery, the physical layer can no longer perform a CRC check on the data packet and submit the MAC Floor.
在又一个示例中,被配置了错误递交功能的终端设备,在接收到数据包后,若确定数据包需要执行错误递交,则可以在物理层对该数据包进行CRC校验,不管校验是否通过,均可以将该数据包递交给MAC层。In another example, a terminal device configured with an error delivery function, after receiving a data packet, if it is determined that the data packet needs to perform error delivery, it can perform a CRC check on the data packet at the physical layer, regardless of whether the check is performed or not. Pass, the data packet can be submitted to the MAC layer.
示例性地,配置信息4中可以包括第一参数和第二参数,第一参数用于指示针对支持错误递交的数据包是否需要执行CRC校验(或者是否将CRC关掉),第二参数用于指示针对支持错误递交的数据包在译码错误时也要向上层递交。其中,第一参数和第二参数可以为同一参数,或者也可以为两个不同的参数,具体不做限定。Exemplarily, the configuration information 4 may include a first parameter and a second parameter. The first parameter is used to indicate whether a CRC check needs to be performed (or whether to turn off the CRC) for a data packet that supports error delivery, and the second parameter is used It is indicated that the data packet submitted for supporting errors shall be submitted to the upper layer when the decoding error occurs. Wherein, the first parameter and the second parameter may be the same parameter, or may also be two different parameters, which are not specifically limited.
步骤503,网络设备组建第二数据包,第二数据包支持错误递交。Step 503: The network device forms a second data packet, and the second data packet supports error delivery.
此处,网络设备组建第二数据包,可以理解为,网络设备的MAC层中的复用实体将从至少一个逻辑信道中接收到的数据进行复用得到第二数据包。其中,第二数据包支持错误递交,可以包括以下至少一项:第二数据包所属的业务支持错误递交;传输第二数据包的小区支持错误递交;至少一个逻辑信道中部分或全部支持错误递交。具体实现可以参见实施例一中第一数据包支持错误递交的相关描述。Here, the formation of the second data packet by the network device can be understood as the multiplexing entity in the MAC layer of the network device multiplexing the data received from at least one logical channel to obtain the second data packet. Wherein, the second data packet supports erroneous delivery, which may include at least one of the following: the service to which the second data packet belongs supports erroneous delivery; the cell transmitting the second data packet supports erroneous delivery; at least one logical channel supports part or all of erroneous delivery . For specific implementation, please refer to the related description of the first data packet supporting error delivery in the first embodiment.
示例性地,若网络设备包括CU和DU,则可以由DU组建数据包(比如第二数据包)。在一个示例中,CU可以通过F1-U接口向DU发送通知信息,其中通知信息可以参照上述实施例一中配置信息1的相关描述,比如通知信息可以用于通知DU一个或多个业务是否支持错误递交,或者,通知信息可以用于通知DU一个或多个逻辑信道是否支持错误递交。相应地,DU可以根据通知信息来组建数据包。举个例子,若通知信息用于通知DU一个或多个逻辑信道是否支持错误递交,则DU在根据通知信息组建数据包时,可以尽量将支持错误递交的逻辑信道中的数据复用到同一数据包中,以及尽量将不支持错误递交的逻辑信道中的数据复用到同一数据包中。Exemplarily, if the network device includes a CU and a DU, a data packet (such as a second data packet) may be formed by the DU. In an example, the CU can send notification information to the DU through the F1-U interface. The notification information can refer to the related description of configuration information 1 in the first embodiment. For example, the notification information can be used to notify the DU whether one or more services are supported. Error delivery, or notification information can be used to inform the DU whether one or more logical channels support error delivery. Correspondingly, the DU can construct a data packet according to the notification information. For example, if the notification information is used to notify the DU whether one or more logical channels support error delivery, the DU can try to multiplex the data in the logical channel that supports error delivery into the same data when constructing data packets based on the notification information. In the package, and try to multiplex the data in the logical channel that does not support error delivery into the same data package.
步骤504,网络设备向终端设备发送第二数据包。Step 504: The network device sends the second data packet to the terminal device.
相应地,在步骤505中,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二数据包。Correspondingly, in step 505, the terminal device receives the second data packet from the network device.
示例性地,网络设备可以在第二资源上向终端设备发送第二数据包,并指示第二数据包是否支持错误递交。在一些可能的示例中,可以预先定义或预先配置终端设备接收到的数据包均支持错误递交,进而网络设备可以不再向终端设备指示第二数据包是否支持错误递交。其中,第二资源可以为动态调度的资源;比如,网络设备向终端设备发送DCI-2,DCI-2用于调度第二资源,或者说DCI-2用于指示第二资源;相应地,终端设备接收到DCI-2后,可以在第二资源上接收第二数据包。或者,第二资源也可以为半静态调度的资源;比如,网络设备预先为终端设备配置周期(比如通过RRC消息配置周期),然后再通过DCI-3激活,DCI-3可以指示一块资源的时域位置和频域位置,进而终端设备会认为后面每个周期,网络设备均会在该块资源上传输数据。Exemplarily, the network device may send the second data packet to the terminal device on the second resource, and indicate whether the second data packet supports error delivery. In some possible examples, the data packets received by the terminal device can be pre-defined or pre-configured to support error delivery, and the network device may no longer indicate to the terminal device whether the second data packet supports error delivery. The second resource may be a dynamically scheduled resource; for example, the network device sends DCI-2 to the terminal device, and DCI-2 is used to schedule the second resource, or DCI-2 is used to indicate the second resource; accordingly, the terminal After receiving the DCI-2, the device can receive the second data packet on the second resource. Alternatively, the second resource can also be a semi-persistent resource; for example, the network device configures a period for the terminal device in advance (for example, configures the period through an RRC message), and then activates it through DCI-3. DCI-3 can indicate the timing of a block of resources. Domain location and frequency domain location, and then the terminal device will think that in each subsequent cycle, the network device will transmit data on this block of resources.
需要说明的是,网络设备向终端设备支持数据包是否支持错误递交,可以理解为网络设备指示的是MAC PDU是否支持错误递交。如果MAC PDU支持错误递交,而MAC PDU中的某个或某些MAC SDU不支持错误递交,则终端设备在译码失败后,可以把支持错误 递交的MAC SDU递交到上层;对于不支持错误递交的MAC SDU,则可以不递交到上层,等待重传成功后再递交到上层。It should be noted that whether the network device supports error delivery of data packets to the terminal device can be understood as the network device indicating whether the MAC PDU supports error delivery. If the MAC PDU supports error delivery, and one or some of the MAC SDUs in the MAC PDU does not support error delivery, the terminal device can submit the MAC SDU that supports error delivery to the upper layer after the decoding fails; for those that do not support error delivery If the MAC SDU is not submitted to the upper layer, it will be submitted to the upper layer after the retransmission is successful.
网络设备指示第二数据包是否支持错误递交的方式可以有多种,下面分别针对动态调度和半静态调度描述几种可能的实现方式。There may be multiple ways for the network device to indicate whether the second data packet supports error delivery. The following describes several possible implementation ways for dynamic scheduling and semi-persistent scheduling.
(1)动态调度(1) Dynamic scheduling
示例1:DCI-2中可以携带指示信息5,指示信息5用于指示第二资源承载的数据是否支持错误递交。示例性地,指示信息5可以包括1个比特;比如,该1个比特的取值为1,则表示第二资源承载的数据支持错误递交;该1个比特的取值为0,则表示第二资源承载的数据不支持错误递交。可以理解地,指示信息5可以承载在DCI-2的一个或多个域中,比如承载在DCI-2的HARQ进程编号(HARQ process number)指示域、调制和编码方式(modulation and coding scheme,MCS)指示域、频域资源分配(frequency domain resource assignment)指示域、时域资源分配(time domain resource assignment)指示域、保留域中的一项或多项。以指示信息5承载DCI-2的MCS指示域为例,比如,MCS指示域中包括5个比特,共有32(2 5)个码点,其中25个码点已经规定了其具体含义,剩余7个码点为保留码点,进而可以利用剩余7个码点中的两个码点来指示第二资源承载的数据是否支持错误递交。 Example 1: DCI-2 may carry indication information 5, which is used to indicate whether the data carried by the second resource supports error delivery. Exemplarily, the indication information 5 may include 1 bit; for example, if the value of this 1 bit is 1, it means that the data carried by the second resource supports wrong delivery; if the value of this 1 bit is 0, it means that 2. The data carried by the resource does not support wrong submission. Understandably, the indication information 5 may be carried in one or more fields of DCI-2, such as the HARQ process number (HARQ process number) indication field, modulation and coding scheme (MCS) carried in DCI-2. ) One or more of indication domain, frequency domain resource assignment (frequency domain resource assignment) indication domain, time domain resource assignment (time domain resource assignment) indication domain, and reserved domain. Take the MCS indication field carrying DCI-2 in indication information 5 as an example. For example, the MCS indication field includes 5 bits and a total of 32 (2 5 ) code points, of which 25 code points have specified their specific meanings, and the remaining 7 One code point is a reserved code point, and two of the remaining 7 code points can be used to indicate whether the data carried by the second resource supports error delivery.
示例2:若DCI-2中携带指示信息5,则表示第二资源承载的数据支持错误递交,DCI-2中不携带指示信息5,则表示第二资源承载的数据不支持错误递交。或者,若DCI-2中携带指示信息5,则表示第二资源承载的数据不支持错误递交,DCI-2中不携带指示信息5,则表示第二资源承载的数据支持错误递交。Example 2: If the indication information 5 is carried in the DCI-2, it means that the data carried by the second resource supports erroneous delivery, and the DCI-2 does not carry the indication information 5, which means that the data carried by the second resource does not support erroneous delivery. Alternatively, if the indication information 5 is carried in the DCI-2, it means that the data carried by the second resource does not support erroneous delivery, and the DCI-2 does not carry the indication information 5, which means that the data carried by the second resource supports erroneous delivery.
示例3:若终端设备是根据预设控制资源集合(control-resource set,CORESET)和/或预设搜索空间(search space)接收到的DCI-2,则可以确定DCI-2调度的第二资源承载的数据支持错误递交,若不是根据预设控制资源集合且不是根据预设搜索空间接收到的DCI-2,则可以确定DCI-2调度的第二资源承载的数据不支持错误递交。其中,预设控制资源集合和/或预设搜索空间承载的DCI所调度的资源承载的数据支持错误递交。预设控制资源集合和/或预设搜索空间可以为网络设备为终端设备配置的。Example 3: If the terminal device receives DCI-2 according to a preset control-resource set (CORESET) and/or a preset search space (search space), it can determine the second resource scheduled by DCI-2 The carried data supports error delivery. If it is not based on the preset control resource set and the DCI-2 received according to the preset search space, it can be determined that the data carried by the second resource scheduled by DCI-2 does not support error delivery. Wherein, the data carried by the resource scheduled by the DCI carried by the preset control resource set and/or the preset search space supports error delivery. The preset control resource set and/or the preset search space may be configured by the network device for the terminal device.
示例4:若终端设备是通过预设RNTI加扰的PDCCH接收到的DCI-2,则可以确定DCI-2调度的第二资源承载的数据支持错误递交,若不是根据RNTI加扰的PDCCH接收到的DCI-2,则可以确定DCI-2调度的第二资源承载的数据不支持错误递交。其中,预设RNTI可以为一个新定义的RNTI,用于指示DCI-2所调度的资源承载的数据支持错误递交。预设RNTI可以为网络设备为终端设备配置的。Example 4: If the terminal device receives DCI-2 through the PDCCH scrambled by the preset RNTI, it can be determined that the data carried by the second resource scheduled by the DCI-2 supports error delivery, if it is not received according to the PDCCH scrambled by the RNTI DCI-2, it can be determined that the data carried by the second resource scheduled by DCI-2 does not support erroneous delivery. Among them, the preset RNTI may be a newly defined RNTI, which is used to indicate that the data carried by the resource scheduled by DCI-2 supports error delivery. The preset RNTI may be configured by the network device for the terminal device.
示例5:若终端设备是在预设带宽部分(bandwidth part,BWP)上接收到的DCI-2,则可以确定DCI-2调度的第二资源承载的数据支持错误递交,否则,可以确定DCI-2调度的第二资源承载的数据不支持错误递交。示例性地,网络设备可以为终端设备配置的一个或多个BWP,比如网络设备可以在配置一个或多个BWP后,从一个或多个BWP中选择至少一个BWP作为预设BWP,并指示给终端设备;又比如网络设备也可以在为终端设备配置某个或某些BWP的同时,指示其为预设BWP。Example 5: If the terminal device received DCI-2 on the preset bandwidth part (bandwidth part, BWP), it can be determined that the data carried by the second resource scheduled by DCI-2 supports erroneous delivery; otherwise, it can be determined that DCI- 2 The data carried by the scheduled second resource does not support error delivery. Exemplarily, the network device may configure one or more BWPs for the terminal device. For example, the network device may select at least one BWP from the one or more BWPs as the preset BWP after configuring one or more BWPs, and indicate to Terminal equipment; for another example, the network equipment can also indicate that it is a preset BWP while configuring one or some BWPs for the terminal equipment.
示例6:若终端设备是在预设时频资源上接收到的DCI-2,则可以确定DCI-2调度的第二资源承载的数据支持错误递交,否则,可以确定DCI-2调度的第二资源承载的数据不支持错误递交。示例性地,预设时频资源可以是由网络设备确定并指示终端设备的。Example 6: If the terminal device receives DCI-2 on the preset time-frequency resource, it can be determined that the data carried by the second resource scheduled by DCI-2 supports error delivery; otherwise, it can be determined that the second resource scheduled by DCI-2 supports error delivery. The data carried by the resource does not support error submission. Exemplarily, the preset time-frequency resource may be determined by the network device and instructed by the terminal device.
可以理解地,上述示例1和示例2可以理解为网络设备是通过显式的方式指示第二资源承载的数据是否支持错误递交,示例3至示例6可以理解为网络设备是通过隐式的方式指示第二资源承载的数据是否支持错误递交。Understandably, the above example 1 and example 2 can be understood as the network device explicitly indicating whether the data carried by the second resource supports error delivery. Examples 3 to 6 can be understood as the network device indicating implicitly. Whether the data carried by the second resource supports error delivery.
(2)半静态调度(2) Semi-static scheduling
在一个示例中,DCI-3中可以携带指示信息5,指示信息5可以包括1个比特;比如,该1个比特的取值为1,则表示第二资源承载的数据支持错误递交;该1个比特的取值为0,则表示第二资源承载的数据不支持错误递交。In an example, DCI-3 may carry indication information 5, which may include 1 bit; for example, if the value of this 1 bit is 1, it means that the data carried by the second resource supports error delivery; the 1 The value of the one bit is 0, which means that the data carried by the second resource does not support erroneous delivery.
在又一个示例中,若DCI-3中携带指示信息5,则表示第二资源承载的数据支持错误递交,DCI-3中不携带指示信息5,则表示第二资源承载的数据不支持错误递交。或者,若DCI-3中携带指示信息5,则表示第二资源承载的数据不支持错误递交,DCI-3中不携带指示信息5,则表示第二资源承载的数据支持错误递交。In another example, if the indication information 5 is carried in the DCI-3, it means that the data carried by the second resource supports erroneous delivery, and the DCI-3 does not carry the indication information 5, which means that the data carried by the second resource does not support erroneous delivery. . Alternatively, if the indication information 5 is carried in the DCI-3, it means that the data carried by the second resource does not support erroneous delivery, and the DCI-3 does not carry the indication information 5, which means that the data carried by the second resource supports erroneous delivery.
需要说明的是,针对于半静态调度,上述是以通过DCI-3指示半静态调度的资源承载的数据是否支持错误递交为例进行描述的,在其它可能的实施例中,也可以通过用于配置周期的RRC消息来指示半静态调度的资源承载的数据是否支持错误递交。It should be noted that for semi-persistent scheduling, the above description is based on DCI-3 indicating whether the data carried by the semi-persistent scheduling supports error delivery as an example. In other possible embodiments, it can also be used for The periodic RRC message is configured to indicate whether the data carried by the semi-persistent scheduling resource supports error delivery.
示例性地,终端设备在一个BWP上最多可以被配置8套半静态调度的资源。当通过RRC消息来指示半静态调度的资源承载的数据是否支持错误递交时,可以是单独指示每套半静态调度的资源承载的数据是否支持错误递交,比如如果在RRC消息中指示了某一套半静态调度的资源承载的数据支持错误递交,则在激活该套半静态调度的资源的DCI中可以无需指示,只要激活了该套半静态调度的资源,则该套半静态调度的资源上传输的数据全都支持错误递交。或者,也可以是统一配置所有半静态调度的资源承载的数据是否支持错误递交,比如如果在RRC消息中指示了半静态调度的资源支持错误递交,则在激活半静态调度的资源的DCI中可以无需指示,只要激活了任意一套半静态调度的资源,则该套半静态资源上传输的数据全都支持错误递交。Exemplarily, a terminal device can be configured with a maximum of 8 sets of semi-statically scheduled resources on a BWP. When the RRC message is used to indicate whether the data carried by the semi-persistent scheduling resource supports error delivery, it can be separately indicated whether the data carried by each semi-persistent scheduling resource supports error delivery, for example, if a certain set of data is indicated in the RRC message If the data carried by the semi-persistently scheduled resource supports error delivery, there is no need to indicate in the DCI that activates the set of semi-persistent resources. As long as the set of semi-persistent resources is activated, then the set of semi-persistent resources will be transmitted All of the data supports wrong submission. Alternatively, it can also be configured to uniformly configure whether the data carried by all semi-persistent scheduling resources support error delivery. For example, if the semi-persistent scheduling resource supports error delivery is indicated in the RRC message, it can be used in the DCI of the activated semi-persistent scheduling resource No instructions are required. As long as any set of semi-statically scheduled resources is activated, all data transmitted on the set of semi-static resources support error delivery.
步骤506,终端设备确定第二数据包传输错误。Step 506: The terminal device determines that the transmission of the second data packet is incorrect.
步骤507,终端设备对第二数据包进行错误递交。In step 507, the terminal device erroneously delivers the second data packet.
此处,步骤506和步骤507可以适应性参照上述实施例一中的步骤306和步骤307,比如,终端设备可以包括HARQ实体、解复用实体、RLC层实体、PDCP层实体、SDAP层实体,各个实体执行错误递交的实现均可以参照网络设备中的HARQ实体、解复用实体、RLC层实体、PDCP层实体、SDAP层实体执行错误递交的实现。Here, step 506 and step 507 can be adaptively referred to step 306 and step 307 in the first embodiment. For example, the terminal device can include HARQ entity, demultiplexing entity, RLC layer entity, PDCP layer entity, SDAP layer entity, The implementation of each entity performing error submission can refer to the implementation of the HARQ entity, demultiplexing entity, RLC layer entity, PDCP layer entity, and SDAP layer entity performing error submission in the network device.
针对于上述实施例一和实施例二,需要说明的是:(1)上述实施例一和实施例二可以分别单独实施,或者也可以结合实施。也就是说,实施例一中的网络设备和实施例二中的网络设备可以为不同的网络设备,实施例一中的终端设备和实施例二中的终端设备可以为不同的终端设备;或者,实施例一中的网络设备和实施例二中的网络设备可以为同一网络设备,实施例一中的终端设备和实施例二中的终端设备可以为同一终端设备。Regarding the first and second embodiments described above, it should be noted that: (1) the first and second embodiments described above can be implemented separately or in combination. In other words, the network equipment in the first embodiment and the network equipment in the second embodiment may be different network equipment, and the terminal equipment in the first embodiment and the terminal equipment in the second embodiment may be different terminal equipment; or, The network device in the first embodiment and the network device in the second embodiment may be the same network device, and the terminal device in the first embodiment and the terminal device in the second embodiment may be the same terminal device.
(2)本申请实施例中,以第一资源为例,第一资源承载的数据支持错误递交,也可以描述为第一资源支持错误递交。逻辑信道支持错误递交,也可以描述为逻辑信道承载的数据支持错误递交。业务支持错误递交,也可以描述为属于该业务的数据支持错误递交。数据流支持错误递交,也可以描述为数据流中的数据支持错误递交。(2) In this embodiment of the application, taking the first resource as an example, the data carried by the first resource supports erroneous delivery, which can also be described as the first resource supporting erroneous delivery. The logical channel supports error delivery, which can also be described as the data carried by the logical channel supports error delivery. Business support error submission can also be described as the support error submission of data belonging to the business. The data stream supports error delivery, and it can also be described as the data in the data stream supports error delivery.
(3)本申请实施例中所涉及到的配置信息(比如配置信息1、配置信息2、配置信息 3或配置信息4),可以通过多种方式发送给终端设备,比如通过RRC信令,具体不做限定。(3) The configuration information involved in the embodiments of this application (such as configuration information 1, configuration information 2, configuration information 3, or configuration information 4) can be sent to the terminal device in a variety of ways, such as through RRC signaling. Not limited.
(4)本申请实施例中所描述的各个流程图(比如图3、图5)的步骤编号仅为执行流程的一种示例,并不构成对步骤执行的先后顺序的限制,本申请实施例中相互之间没有时序依赖关系的步骤之间没有严格的执行顺序。比如图5中,步骤501可以先于步骤503执行,或者也可以和步骤503可以同时执行。(4) The step numbers of the flowcharts described in the embodiments of this application (for example, Figures 3 and 5) are only an example of the execution process, and do not constitute a restriction on the order of execution of the steps. The embodiment of the present application There is no strict execution order between steps that do not have a timing dependency between each other. For example, in FIG. 5, step 501 can be performed before step 503, or can be performed simultaneously with step 503.
上述主要从设备交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,为了实现上述功能,网络设备或终端设备可以包括执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请的实施例能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The foregoing mainly introduces the solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application from the perspective of device interaction. It can be understood that, in order to implement the above-mentioned functions, the network device or the terminal device may include a corresponding hardware structure and/or software module for performing each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that in combination with the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对终端设备和网络设备进行功能单元的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能单元,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。The embodiment of the present application may divide the terminal device and the network device into functional units according to the foregoing method examples. For example, each functional unit may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
在采用集成的单元的情况下,图6示出了本申请实施例中所涉及的装置的可能的示例性框图。如图6所示,装置600可以包括:处理单元602和通信单元603。处理单元602用于对装置600的动作进行控制管理。通信单元603用于支持装置600与其他设备的通信。可选地,通信单元603也称为收发单元,可以包括接收单元和/或发送单元,分别用于执行接收和发送操作。装置600还可以包括存储单元601,用于存储装置600的程序代码和/或数据。In the case of using an integrated unit, FIG. 6 shows a possible exemplary block diagram of a device involved in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 6, the apparatus 600 may include: a processing unit 602 and a communication unit 603. The processing unit 602 is used to control and manage the actions of the device 600. The communication unit 603 is used to support communication between the apparatus 600 and other devices. Optionally, the communication unit 603 is also called a transceiving unit, and may include a receiving unit and/or a sending unit, which are used to perform receiving and sending operations, respectively. The device 600 may further include a storage unit 601 for storing program codes and/or data of the device 600.
该装置600可以为上述任一实施例中的终端设备(或设置在终端设备中的芯片),比如实施例一或实施例二中的终端设备;其中,处理单元602可以支持装置600执行上文中各方法示例中终端设备的动作;或者,处理单元602主要执行方法示例中的终端设备的内部动作,通信单元603可以支持装置600与其它设备(比如网络设备)之间的通信。或者,该装置600可以为上述任一实施例中的网络设备(或设置在网络设备中的芯片),比如实施例一或实施例二中的网络设备;其中,处理单元602可以支持装置600执行上文中各方法示例中网络设备的动作;或者,处理单元602主要执行方法示例中的网络设备的内部动作,通信单元603可以支持装置600与其它设备(比如终端设备)之间的通信。The apparatus 600 may be the terminal device (or a chip set in the terminal device) in any of the foregoing embodiments, such as the terminal device in Embodiment 1 or Embodiment 2, where the processing unit 602 may support the apparatus 600 to execute the above Actions of the terminal device in each method example; or, the processing unit 602 mainly executes the internal actions of the terminal device in the method example, and the communication unit 603 can support communication between the apparatus 600 and other devices (such as network devices). Alternatively, the apparatus 600 may be the network equipment (or a chip set in the network equipment) in any of the foregoing embodiments, such as the network equipment in Embodiment 1 or Embodiment 2, where the processing unit 602 may support the apparatus 600 to execute The actions of the network equipment in the foregoing method examples; or, the processing unit 602 mainly executes the internal actions of the network equipment in the method examples, and the communication unit 603 can support communication between the apparatus 600 and other devices (such as terminal devices).
在一个实施例中,通信单元603用于:接收第一数据包;处理单元602用于:若确定第一数据包传输错误,则对第一数据包执行错误递交。In one embodiment, the communication unit 603 is configured to receive the first data packet; the processing unit 602 is configured to: if it is determined that the first data packet is incorrectly transmitted, perform error delivery on the first data packet.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元602确定第一数据包传输错误,包括:处理单元602确定第一数据包的CRC校验失败;和/或,处理单元602确定第一数据包译码失败。In a possible design, the processing unit 602 determining that the first data packet is incorrectly transmitted includes: the processing unit 602 determines that the CRC check of the first data packet fails; and/or the processing unit 602 determines that the decoding of the first data packet fails .
在一种可能的设计中,通信单元603还用于:发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示第一资源承载的数据支持错误递交;其中,第一数据包承载于第一资源。In a possible design, the communication unit 603 is further configured to: send first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the data carried by the first resource supports error delivery; wherein the first data packet is carried by the first resource.
在一种可能的设计中,通信单元603还用于:通信装置发送上行授权,上行授权用于指示第一资源,上行授权携带第一指示信息;或者,发送第一配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置第一资源,第一配置信息携带第一指示信息;或者,发送控制信息,控制信息用于 激活第一资源,控制信息携带第一指示信息。In a possible design, the communication unit 603 is further configured to: the communication device sends an uplink grant, the uplink grant is used to indicate the first resource, and the uplink grant carries the first indication information; or, sends the first configuration information, the first configuration information For configuring the first resource, the first configuration information carries first indication information; or, sending control information, the control information is used to activate the first resource, and the control information carries the first indication information.
在一种可能的设计中,通信单元603还用于:接收第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第一数据包支持错误递交。In a possible design, the communication unit 603 is further configured to: receive second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the first data packet supports error delivery.
在一种可能的设计中,第一数据包和第二指示信息承载于第一资源。In a possible design, the first data packet and the second indication information are carried in the first resource.
在一种可能的设计中,第一数据包承载于第二资源;通信单元603还用于:接收第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示第二资源承载的数据支持错误递交。In a possible design, the first data packet is carried on the second resource; the communication unit 603 is further configured to: receive third indication information, which is used to indicate that the data carried by the second resource supports error delivery.
在一种可能的设计中,通信单元603具体用于:接收第一控制信息,第一控制信息用于调度第二资源,第一控制信息携带第三指示信息;或者,接收第二控制信息,第二控制信息用于激活第二资源,第二控制信息携带第三指示信息;或者,接收第二配置信息,第二配置信息用于配置第二资源,第二配置信息携带第三指示信息。In a possible design, the communication unit 603 is specifically configured to: receive first control information, the first control information is used to schedule second resources, and the first control information carries third indication information; or, to receive second control information, The second control information is used to activate the second resource, and the second control information carries the third indication information; or, to receive the second configuration information, the second configuration information is used to configure the second resource, and the second configuration information carries the third indication information.
在一种可能的设计中,第一数据包承载于第二资源;通信单元603还用于:根据预设控制资源集合和/或预设搜索空间接收第三控制信息,第三控制信息用于调度第二资源;预设控制资源集合和/或预设搜索空间承载的第三控制信息所调度的资源承载的数据支持错误递交;或者,在物理下行控制信道接收第三控制信息,第三控制信息用于调度第二资源;物理下行控制信道通过预设RNTI加扰,预设RNTI指示物理下行控制信道承载的第三控制信息所调度的资源承载的数据支持错误递交。In a possible design, the first data packet is carried on the second resource; the communication unit 603 is further configured to: receive the third control information according to the preset control resource set and/or the preset search space, and the third control information is used for The second resource is scheduled; the data carried by the resource scheduled by the preset control resource set and/or the third control information carried by the preset search space supports error delivery; or, the third control information is received on the physical downlink control channel, and the third control The information is used to schedule the second resource; the physical downlink control channel is scrambled by a preset RNTI, and the preset RNTI indicates that the data carried by the resource carried by the third control information carried by the physical downlink control channel supports error delivery.
在一种可能的设计中,通信单元603还用于:接收第三配置信息,第三配置信息用于为通信装置配置错误递交功能。In a possible design, the communication unit 603 is further configured to receive third configuration information, and the third configuration information is used to configure the error delivery function for the communication device.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元602还用于:控制HARQ实体将第一数据包和第四指示信息递交给解复用实体,第四指示信息用于指示第一数据包传输错误。In a possible design, the processing unit 602 is further configured to: control the HARQ entity to deliver the first data packet and the fourth indication information to the demultiplexing entity, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate a transmission error of the first data packet.
在一种可能的设计中,第四指示信息用于指示第一数据包的译码正确率。In a possible design, the fourth indication information is used to indicate the decoding accuracy of the first data packet.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元602控制HARQ实体将第一数据包和第四指示信息递交给解复用实体之前,还包括以下至少一项:确定第一数据包的译码正确率大于第一阈值;确定第一数据包的重传次数大于第二阈值;确定第一数据包对应的定时器超时。In a possible design, before the processing unit 602 controls the HARQ entity to deliver the first data packet and the fourth indication information to the demultiplexing entity, it further includes at least one of the following: determining that the decoding accuracy rate of the first data packet is greater than The first threshold; it is determined that the number of retransmissions of the first data packet is greater than the second threshold; it is determined that the timer corresponding to the first data packet has expired.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元602若确定HARQ实体接收到第一数据包的重传数据包,则向解复用实体递交重传数据包;进一步地,第一数据包可以为新传数据包。In a possible design, if the processing unit 602 determines that the HARQ entity receives the retransmitted data packet of the first data packet, it will deliver the retransmitted data packet to the demultiplexing entity; further, the first data packet may be a new transmission. data pack.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元602控制HARQ实体向解复用实体递交重传数据包之前,还用于:确定重传数据包传输正确。In a possible design, before the processing unit 602 controls the HARQ entity to deliver the retransmitted data packet to the demultiplexing entity, it is also used to: determine that the retransmitted data packet is correctly transmitted.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元602还用于:控制HARQ实体针对第一数据包反馈确认回答ACK。In a possible design, the processing unit 602 is further configured to: control the HARQ entity to feed back an acknowledgement response ACK for the first data packet.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元602还用于:控制解复用实体将第一数据包和第五指示信息递交给RLC层实体,第五指示信息用于指示第一数据包传输错误。In a possible design, the processing unit 602 is further configured to: control the demultiplexing entity to deliver the first data packet and the fifth indication information to the RLC layer entity, and the fifth indication information is used to indicate a transmission error of the first data packet.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元602控制解复用实体将第一数据包递交给RLC层实体之前,还包括以下至少一项:从第一数据包中解析得到逻辑信道标识;从第一数据包中解析得到逻辑信道标识,且逻辑信道标识所对应的逻辑信道均支持错误递交;确定未向RLC层实体递交过第一数据包;确定第一数据包的译码正确率大于第三阈值。In a possible design, before the processing unit 602 controls the demultiplexing entity to deliver the first data packet to the RLC layer entity, it further includes at least one of the following: parse the first data packet to obtain a logical channel identifier; The logical channel identifier is parsed in the data packet, and the logical channels corresponding to the logical channel identifier support error delivery; determine that the first data packet has not been delivered to the RLC layer entity; determine that the decoding accuracy of the first data packet is greater than the third threshold .
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元602还用于:若确定第一数据包中包括MAC CE,则应用MAC CE。In a possible design, the processing unit 602 is further configured to: if it is determined that the MAC CE is included in the first data packet, apply the MAC CE.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元602执行MAC CE指示的行为之前,还包括以下至少一项:从第一数据包中解析得到逻辑信道标识;确定是首次收到第一数据包;确定第一数 据包的译码正确率大于第四阈值。In a possible design, before the processing unit 602 executes the behavior indicated by the MAC CE, it also includes at least one of the following: parse the first data packet to obtain a logical channel identifier; determine that the first data packet is received for the first time; determine that the first data packet is received for the first time; The decoding accuracy rate of a data packet is greater than the fourth threshold.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元602还用于:若确定首次收到第一数据包,则控制RLC层实体移动RLC SN的窗口。In a possible design, the processing unit 602 is further configured to: if it is determined that the first data packet is received for the first time, control the RLC layer entity to move the window of the RLC SN.
在又一个实施例中,处理单元602用于:组建第一数据包,第一数据包支持错误递交;通信单元603用于:发送第一数据包。In yet another embodiment, the processing unit 602 is configured to form a first data packet, and the first data packet supports error delivery; and the communication unit 603 is configured to send the first data packet.
在一种可能的设计中,第一数据包支持错误递交,包括以下至少一项:第一数据包所属的业务支持错误递交;传输第一数据包的小区支持错误递交;第一数据包中包括来自至少一个逻辑信道的数据,至少一个逻辑信道中部分或全部支持错误递交。In a possible design, the first data packet supports erroneous delivery, including at least one of the following: the service to which the first data packet belongs supports erroneous delivery; the cell that transmits the first data packet supports erroneous delivery; the first data packet includes For data from at least one logical channel, part or all of the at least one logical channel supports error delivery.
在一种可能的设计中,通信单元603还用于:接收第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示第一资源承载的数据支持错误递交;以及,在第一资源上发送第一数据包。In a possible design, the communication unit 603 is further configured to: receive first indication information, which is used to indicate that the data carried by the first resource supports error delivery; and, send the first data packet on the first resource .
在一种可能的设计中,通信单元603还用于:接收上行授权,上行授权用于指示第一资源,上行授权携带第一指示信息;或者,接收第一配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置第一资源,第一配置信息携带第一指示信息;或者,接收控制信息,控制信息用于激活第一资源,控制信息携带第一指示信息。In a possible design, the communication unit 603 is further configured to: receive an uplink grant, which is used to indicate the first resource, and the uplink grant carries first indication information; or, to receive first configuration information, which is used to The first resource is configured, and the first configuration information carries the first indication information; or the control information is received, the control information is used to activate the first resource, and the control information carries the first indication information.
在一种可能的设计中,通信单元603还用于:发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第一数据包支持错误递交。In a possible design, the communication unit 603 is further configured to send second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the first data packet supports error delivery.
在一种可能的设计中,第二指示信息用于指示在第一数据包符合以下至少一项时,第一数据包支持错误递交:第一数据包的译码正确率大于第一阈值;第一数据包的重传次数大于第二阈值;第一数据包对应的定时器超时。In a possible design, the second indication information is used to indicate that the first data packet supports error delivery when the first data packet meets at least one of the following: the decoding accuracy rate of the first data packet is greater than the first threshold; The number of retransmissions of a data packet is greater than the second threshold; the timer corresponding to the first data packet expires.
在一种可能的设计中,通信单元603发送第一数据包和第二指示信息,包括:在第一资源上发送第一数据包和第二指示信息。In a possible design, the communication unit 603 sending the first data packet and the second indication information includes: sending the first data packet and the second indication information on the first resource.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元602还用于:对第一数据包进行打孔;通信单元603还用于:在第一资源上发送打孔后的第一数据包和第二指示信息;或者,处理单元602还用于:对第一数据包和第二指示信息进行联合编码;通信单元603还用于:在第一资源上发送联合编码后的信息。In a possible design, the processing unit 602 is further configured to: puncture the first data packet; the communication unit 603 is further configured to: send the punctured first data packet and the second indication information on the first resource Or, the processing unit 602 is further configured to: jointly encode the first data packet and the second indication information; the communication unit 603 is further configured to: send the jointly encoded information on the first resource.
在一种可能的设计中,通信单元603还用于:接收第二配置信息,第二配置信息用于指示一个或多个逻辑信道是否支持错误递交。In a possible design, the communication unit 603 is further configured to: receive second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to indicate whether one or more logical channels support error delivery.
在一种可能的设计中,第一数据包承载于第二资源;通信单元603还用于:发送第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示第二资源承载的数据支持错误递交。In a possible design, the first data packet is carried on the second resource; the communication unit 603 is further configured to send third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the data carried by the second resource supports error delivery.
在一种可能的设计中,通信单元603还用于:接收来自CU的第四指示信息,第四指示信息用于指示一个或多个逻辑信道是否支持错误递交。In a possible design, the communication unit 603 is further configured to: receive fourth indication information from the CU, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate whether one or more logical channels support error delivery.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元602还用于:控制MAC层实体将第一数据包和第五指示信息递交给物理层实体,第五指示信息用于指示第一数据包的SDAP头、PDCP头、RLC头、MAC头中的至少一项在第一数据包中的位置;控制物理层实体根据第五指示信息,发送第一数据包。In a possible design, the processing unit 602 is further configured to: control the MAC layer entity to deliver the first data packet and the fifth indication information to the physical layer entity, and the fifth indication information is used to indicate the SDAP header, The position of at least one of the PDCP header, the RLC header, and the MAC header in the first data packet; controlling the physical layer entity to send the first data packet according to the fifth indication information.
在一种可能的设计中,第一数据包包括一个PDCP SDU或一个PDCP SDU片段。In a possible design, the first data packet includes one PDCP SDU or one PDCP SDU fragment.
应理解以上装置中单元的划分仅仅是一种逻辑功能的划分,实际实现时可以全部或部分集成到一个物理实体上,也可以物理上分开。且装置中的单元可以全部以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现;也可以全部以硬件的形式实现;还可以部分单元以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现,部分单元以硬件的形式实现。例如,各个单元可以为单独设立的处理 元件,也可以集成在装置的某一个芯片中实现,此外,也可以以程序的形式存储于存储器中,由装置的某一个处理元件调用并执行该单元的功能。此外这些单元全部或部分可以集成在一起,也可以独立实现。这里所述的处理元件又可以成为处理器,可以是一种具有信号的处理能力的集成电路。在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤或以上各个单元可以通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路实现或者以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现。It should be understood that the division of units in the above device is only a division of logical functions, and may be fully or partially integrated into one physical entity in actual implementation, or may be physically separated. In addition, the units in the device can be all implemented in the form of software called by processing elements; they can also be all implemented in the form of hardware; part of the units can also be implemented in the form of software called by the processing elements, and some of the units can be implemented in the form of hardware. For example, each unit can be a separate processing element, or it can be integrated in a certain chip of the device for implementation. In addition, it can also be stored in the memory in the form of a program, which is called and executed by a certain processing element of the device. Features. In addition, all or part of these units can be integrated together or implemented independently. The processing element described here can also become a processor, which can be an integrated circuit with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the above method or each of the above units may be implemented by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor element or implemented in a form of being called by software through a processing element.
在一个例子中,以上任一装置中的单元可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个特定集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或,一个或多个微处理器(digital singnal processor,DSP),或,一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA),或这些集成电路形式中至少两种的组合。再如,当装置中的单元可以通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现时,该处理元件可以是处理器,比如通用中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),或其它可以调用程序的处理器。再如,这些单元可以集成在一起,以片上系统(system-on-a-chip,SOC)的形式实现。In an example, the unit in any of the above devices may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, for example: one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASIC), or, one or Multiple microprocessors (digital singnal processors, DSP), or, one or more field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuits. For another example, when the unit in the device can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler, the processing element can be a processor, such as a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), or other processors that can call programs. For another example, these units can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
以上用于接收的单元是一种该装置的接口电路,用于从其它装置接收信号。例如,当该装置以芯片的方式实现时,该接收单元是该芯片用于从其它芯片或装置接收信号的接口电路。以上用于发送的单元是一种该装置的接口电路,用于向其它装置发送信号。例如,当该装置以芯片的方式实现时,该发送单元是该芯片用于向其它芯片或装置发送信号的接口电路。The above receiving unit is an interface circuit of the device for receiving signals from other devices. For example, when the device is implemented as a chip, the receiving unit is an interface circuit used by the chip to receive signals from other chips or devices. The above unit for sending is an interface circuit of the device for sending signals to other devices. For example, when the device is implemented in the form of a chip, the sending unit is an interface circuit used by the chip to send signals to other chips or devices.
请参考图7,其为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图。其可以为以上实施例中的终端设备,用于实现以上实施例中终端设备的操作。如图7所示,该终端设备包括:天线710、射频部分720、信号处理部分730。天线710与射频部分720连接。在下行方向上,射频部分720通过天线710接收网络设备发送的信息,将网络设备发送的信息发送给信号处理部分730进行处理。在上行方向上,信号处理部分730对终端设备的信息进行处理,并发送给射频部分720,射频部分720对终端设备的信息进行处理后经过天线710发送给网络设备。Please refer to FIG. 7, which is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the application. It may be the terminal device in the above embodiment, and is used to implement the operation of the terminal device in the above embodiment. As shown in FIG. 7, the terminal device includes: an antenna 710, a radio frequency part 720, and a signal processing part 730. The antenna 710 is connected to the radio frequency part 720. In the downlink direction, the radio frequency part 720 receives the information sent by the network device through the antenna 710, and sends the information sent by the network device to the signal processing part 730 for processing. In the upstream direction, the signal processing part 730 processes the information of the terminal device and sends it to the radio frequency part 720, and the radio frequency part 720 processes the information of the terminal device and sends it to the network device via the antenna 710.
信号处理部分730可以包括调制解调子系统,用于实现对数据各通信协议层的处理;还可以包括中央处理子系统,用于实现对终端设备操作系统以及应用层的处理;此外,还可以包括其它子系统,例如多媒体子系统,周边子系统等,其中多媒体子系统用于实现对终端设备相机,屏幕显示等的控制,周边子系统用于实现与其它设备的连接。调制解调子系统可以为单独设置的芯片。The signal processing part 730 may include a modem subsystem, which is used to process data at various communication protocol layers; it may also include a central processing subsystem, which is used to process terminal equipment operating systems and application layers; in addition, it may also Including other subsystems, such as multimedia subsystems, peripheral subsystems, etc., where the multimedia subsystem is used to control the terminal device camera, screen display, etc., and the peripheral subsystem is used to realize the connection with other devices. The modem subsystem can be a separate chip.
调制解调子系统可以包括一个或多个处理元件731,例如,包括一个主控CPU和其它集成电路。此外,该调制解调子系统还可以包括存储元件732和接口电路733。存储元件732用于存储数据和程序,但用于执行以上方法中终端设备所执行的方法的程序可能不存储于该存储元件732中,而是存储于调制解调子系统之外的存储器中,使用时调制解调子系统加载使用。接口电路733用于与其它子系统通信。The modem subsystem may include one or more processing elements 731, for example, including a main control CPU and other integrated circuits. In addition, the modem subsystem may also include a storage element 732 and an interface circuit 733. The storage element 732 is used to store data and programs, but the program used to execute the method executed by the terminal device in the above method may not be stored in the storage element 732, but is stored in a memory outside the modem subsystem. When in use, the modem subsystem is loaded and used. The interface circuit 733 is used to communicate with other subsystems.
该调制解调子系统可以通过芯片实现,该芯片包括至少一个处理元件和接口电路,其中处理元件用于执行以上终端设备执行的任一种方法的各个步骤,接口电路用于与其它装置通信。在一种实现中,终端设备实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现,例如用于终端设备的装置包括处理元件和存储元件,处理元件调用存储元件存储的程序,以执行以上方法实施例中终端设备执行的方法。存储元件可以为处理元 件处于同一芯片上的存储元件,即片内存储元件。The modem subsystem can be implemented by a chip, the chip includes at least one processing element and an interface circuit, wherein the processing element is used to execute each step of any method executed by the above terminal device, and the interface circuit is used to communicate with other devices. In one implementation, the unit for the terminal device to implement each step in the above method can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler. For example, the device for the terminal device includes a processing element and a storage element, and the processing element calls the program stored by the storage element to Perform the method performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment. The storage element may be a storage element whose processing element is on the same chip, that is, an on-chip storage element.
在另一种实现中,用于执行以上方法中终端设备所执行的方法的程序可以在与处理元件处于不同芯片上的存储元件,即片外存储元件。此时,处理元件从片外存储元件调用或加载程序于片内存储元件上,以调用并执行以上方法实施例中终端设备执行的方法。In another implementation, the program used to execute the method executed by the terminal device in the above method may be a storage element on a different chip from the processing element, that is, an off-chip storage element. At this time, the processing element calls or loads a program from the off-chip storage element on the on-chip storage element to call and execute the method executed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
在又一种实现中,终端设备实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以是被配置成一个或多个处理元件,这些处理元件设置于调制解调子系统上,这里的处理元件可以为集成电路,例如:一个或多个ASIC,或,一个或多个DSP,或,一个或者多个FPGA,或者这些类集成电路的组合。这些集成电路可以集成在一起,构成芯片。In yet another implementation, the unit of the terminal device that implements each step in the above method may be configured as one or more processing elements, and these processing elements are arranged on the modem subsystem, where the processing elements may be integrated circuits, For example: one or more ASICs, or, one or more DSPs, or, one or more FPGAs, or a combination of these types of integrated circuits. These integrated circuits can be integrated together to form a chip.
终端设备实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以集成在一起,以SOC的形式实现,该SOC芯片,用于实现以上方法。该芯片内可以集成至少一个处理元件和存储元件,由处理元件调用存储元件的存储的程序的形式实现以上终端设备执行的方法;或者,该芯片内可以集成至少一个集成电路,用于实现以上终端设备执行的方法;或者,可以结合以上实现方式,部分单元的功能通过处理元件调用程序的形式实现,部分单元的功能通过集成电路的形式实现。The units of the terminal device that implement each step in the above method can be integrated together and implemented in the form of an SOC, and the SOC chip is used to implement the above method. The chip can integrate at least one processing element and a storage element, and the processing element can call the stored program of the storage element to implement the method executed by the above terminal device; or, the chip can integrate at least one integrated circuit to implement the above terminal The method executed by the device; or, it can be combined with the above implementations. The functions of some units are implemented in the form of calling programs by processing elements, and the functions of some units are implemented in the form of integrated circuits.
可见,以上用于终端设备的装置可以包括至少一个处理元件和接口电路,其中至少一个处理元件用于执行以上方法实施例所提供的任一种终端设备执行的方法。处理元件可以以第一种方式:即调用存储元件存储的程序的方式执行终端设备执行的部分或全部步骤;也可以以第二种方式:即通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路结合指令的方式执行终端设备执行的部分或全部步骤;当然,也可以结合第一种方式和第二种方式执行终端设备执行的部分或全部步骤。It can be seen that the above apparatus for terminal equipment may include at least one processing element and an interface circuit, wherein at least one processing element is used to execute any of the methods performed by the terminal equipment provided in the above method embodiments. The processing element can execute part or all of the steps executed by the terminal device in the first way: calling the program stored in the storage element; or in the second way: combining instructions through the integrated logic circuit of the hardware in the processor element Part or all of the steps performed by the terminal device are executed in a manner; of course, part or all of the steps executed by the terminal device can also be executed in combination with the first manner and the second manner.
这里的处理元件同以上描述,可以通过处理器实现,处理元件的功能可以和图6中所描述的处理单元的功能相同。示例性地,处理元件可以是通用处理器,例如CPU,还可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个ASIC,或,一个或多个微处理器DSP,或,一个或者多个FPGA等,或这些集成电路形式中至少两种的组合。存储元件可以通过存储器实现,存储元件的功能可以和图6中所描述的存储单元的功能相同。存储元件可以是一个存储器,也可以是多个存储器的统称。The processing element here is the same as that described above, and can be implemented by a processor, and the function of the processing element can be the same as the function of the processing unit described in FIG. 6. Exemplarily, the processing element may be a general-purpose processor, such as a CPU, or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, such as: one or more ASICs, or, one or more microprocessors DSP , Or, one or more FPGAs, etc., or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms. The storage element may be realized by a memory, and the function of the storage element may be the same as the function of the storage unit described in FIG. 6. The storage element can be a single memory or a collective term for multiple memories.
图7所示的终端设备能够实现图3或图5所示意的方法实施例中涉及终端设备的各个过程。图7所示的终端设备中的各个模块的操作和/或功能,分别为了实现上述方法实施例中的相应流程。具体可参见上述方法实施例中的描述,为避免重复,此处适当省略详述描述。The terminal device shown in FIG. 7 can implement various processes related to the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 3 or FIG. 5. The operations and/or functions of the various modules in the terminal device shown in FIG. 7 are used to implement the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments. For details, please refer to the descriptions in the above method embodiments. To avoid repetition, detailed descriptions are appropriately omitted here.
请参考图8,其为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图。其可以为以上实施例中的网络设备(比如DU),用于实现以上实施例中网络设备的操作。如图8所示,该网络设备包括:天线801、射频装置802、基带装置803。天线801与射频装置802连接。在上行方向上,射频装置802通过天线801接收终端设备发送的信息,将终端设备发送的信息发送给基带装置803进行处理。在下行方向上,基带装置803对终端设备的信息进行处理,并发送给射频装置802,射频装置802对终端设备的信息进行处理后经过天线801发送给终端设备。Please refer to FIG. 8, which is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of this application. It may be the network device (such as DU) in the above embodiment, and is used to implement the operation of the network device in the above embodiment. As shown in FIG. 8, the network equipment includes: an antenna 801, a radio frequency device 802, and a baseband device 803. The antenna 801 is connected to the radio frequency device 802. In the uplink direction, the radio frequency device 802 receives the information sent by the terminal device through the antenna 801, and sends the information sent by the terminal device to the baseband device 803 for processing. In the downlink direction, the baseband device 803 processes the information of the terminal device and sends it to the radio frequency device 802, and the radio frequency device 802 processes the information of the terminal device and sends it to the terminal device via the antenna 801.
基带装置803可以包括一个或多个处理元件8031,例如,包括一个主控CPU和其它集成电路。此外,该基带装置803还可以包括存储元件8032和接口8033,存储元件8032 用于存储程序和数据;接口8033用于与射频装置802交互信息,该接口例如为通用公共无线接口(common public radio interface,CPRI)。以上用于网络设备的装置可以位于基带装置803,例如,以上用于网络设备的装置可以为基带装置803上的芯片,该芯片包括至少一个处理元件和接口电路,其中处理元件用于执行以上网络设备执行的任一种方法的各个步骤,接口电路用于与其它装置通信。在一种实现中,网络设备实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现,例如用于网络设备的装置包括处理元件和存储元件,处理元件调用存储元件存储的程序,以执行以上方法实施例中网络设备执行的方法。存储元件可以为处理元件处于同一芯片上的存储元件,即片内存储元件,也可以为与处理元件处于不同芯片上的存储元件,即片外存储元件。The baseband device 803 may include one or more processing elements 8031, for example, a main control CPU and other integrated circuits. In addition, the baseband device 803 may also include a storage element 8032 and an interface 8033. The storage element 8032 is used to store programs and data; the interface 8033 is used to exchange information with the radio frequency device 802. The interface is, for example, a common public radio interface. , CPRI). The above apparatus for network equipment may be located in the baseband apparatus 803. For example, the above apparatus for network equipment may be a chip on the baseband apparatus 803. The chip includes at least one processing element and an interface circuit, wherein the processing element is used to execute the above network. For each step of any method executed by the device, the interface circuit is used to communicate with other devices. In one implementation, the unit for the network device to implement each step in the above method can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler. For example, the device for the network device includes a processing element and a storage element, and the processing element calls the program stored by the storage element to Perform the method performed by the network device in the above method embodiment. The storage element may be a storage element with the processing element on the same chip, that is, an on-chip storage element, or a storage element on a different chip from the processing element, that is, an off-chip storage element.
在另一种实现中,网络设备实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以是被配置成一个或多个处理元件,这些处理元件设置于基带装置上,这里的处理元件可以为集成电路,例如:一个或多个ASIC,或,一个或多个DSP,或,一个或者多个FPGA,或者这些类集成电路的组合。这些集成电路可以集成在一起,构成芯片。In another implementation, the unit of the network device that implements each step in the above method may be configured as one or more processing elements, and these processing elements are arranged on the baseband device. The processing elements here may be integrated circuits, such as one Or multiple ASICs, or, one or more DSPs, or, one or more FPGAs, or a combination of these types of integrated circuits. These integrated circuits can be integrated together to form a chip.
网络设备实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以集成在一起,以片上系统(system-on-a-chip,SOC)的形式实现,例如,基带装置包括该SOC芯片,用于实现以上方法。该芯片内可以集成至少一个处理元件和存储元件,由处理元件调用存储元件的存储的程序的形式实现以上网络设备执行的方法;或者,该芯片内可以集成至少一个集成电路,用于实现以上网络设备执行的方法;或者,可以结合以上实现方式,部分单元的功能通过处理元件调用程序的形式实现,部分单元的功能通过集成电路的形式实现。The units for the network equipment to implement each step in the above method can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC). For example, the baseband device includes the SOC chip for implementing the above method. At least one processing element and storage element can be integrated in the chip, and the processing element can call the stored program of the storage element to implement the method executed by the above network device; or, at least one integrated circuit can be integrated in the chip to implement the above network The method executed by the device; or, it can be combined with the above implementations. The functions of some units are implemented in the form of calling programs by processing elements, and the functions of some units are implemented in the form of integrated circuits.
可见,以上用于网络设备的装置可以包括至少一个处理元件和接口电路,其中至少一个处理元件用于执行以上方法实施例所提供的任一种网络设备执行的方法。处理元件可以以第一种方式:即调用存储元件存储的程序的方式执行网络设备执行的部分或全部步骤;也可以以第二种方式:即通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路结合指令的方式执行网络设备执行的部分或全部步骤;当然,也可以结合第一种方式和第二种方式执行以上网络设备执行的部分或全部步骤。It can be seen that the above apparatus for a network device may include at least one processing element and an interface circuit, wherein at least one processing element is used to execute any of the methods performed by the network device provided in the above method embodiments. The processing element can execute part or all of the steps executed by the network device in the first way: calling the program stored in the storage element; or in the second way: combining instructions through the integrated logic circuit of the hardware in the processor element Part or all of the steps performed by the network device are executed in the method; of course, part or all of the steps executed by the network device above can also be executed in combination with the first method and the second method.
这里的处理元件同以上描述,可以通过处理器实现,处理元件的功能可以和图6中所描述的处理单元的功能相同。示例性地,处理元件可以是通用处理器,例如CPU,还可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个ASIC,或,一个或多个微处理器DSP,或,一个或者多个FPGA等,或这些集成电路形式中至少两种的组合。存储元件可以通过存储器实现,存储元件的功能可以和图6中所描述的存储单元的功能相同。存储元件可以是一个存储器,也可以是多个存储器的统称。The processing element here is the same as that described above, and can be implemented by a processor, and the function of the processing element can be the same as the function of the processing unit described in FIG. 6. Exemplarily, the processing element may be a general-purpose processor, such as a CPU, or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, such as: one or more ASICs, or, one or more microprocessors DSP , Or, one or more FPGAs, etc., or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms. The storage element may be realized by a memory, and the function of the storage element may be the same as the function of the storage unit described in FIG. 6. The storage element can be a single memory or a collective term for multiple memories.
图8所示的网络设备能够实现图3或图5所示意的方法实施例中涉及网络设备的各个过程。图8所示的网络设备中的各个模块的操作和/或功能,分别为了实现上述方法实施例中的相应流程。具体可参见上述方法实施例中的描述,为避免重复,此处适当省略详述描述。The network device shown in FIG. 8 can implement various processes related to the network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 3 or FIG. 5. The operations and/or functions of the various modules in the network device shown in FIG. 8 are used to implement the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments. For details, please refer to the descriptions in the above method embodiments. To avoid repetition, detailed descriptions are appropriately omitted here.
请参考图9,其为本申请实施例提供的另一种网络设备的结构示意图。其可以为以上实施例中的网络设备(比如CU),用于实现以上实施例中网络设备的操作。Please refer to FIG. 9, which is a schematic structural diagram of another network device provided in an embodiment of the application. It may be a network device (such as a CU) in the above embodiment, and is used to implement the operation of the network device in the above embodiment.
如图9所示,该网络设备包括:处理器910、存储器920和接口930,处理器910、存储器920和接口930信号连接。As shown in FIG. 9, the network device includes: a processor 910, a memory 920, and an interface 930, and the processor 910, the memory 920, and the interface 930 are in signal connection.
以上图6所示意的装置可以位于该网络设备中,且各个单元的功能可以通过处理器910调用存储器920中存储的程序来实现。即,以上图6所示意的装置包括存储器和处理器,存储器用于存储程序,该程序被处理器调用,以执行以上方法实施例中的方法。这里的处理器可以是一种具有信号的处理能力的集成电路,例如CPU。或者以上各个单元的功能可以通过配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路来实现。例如:一个或多个ASIC,或,一个或多个微处理器DSP,或,一个或者多个FPGA等,或这些集成电路形式中至少两种的组合。或者,可以结合以上实现方式。The apparatus illustrated in FIG. 6 above may be located in the network device, and the functions of each unit may be implemented by the processor 910 calling a program stored in the memory 920. That is, the device shown in FIG. 6 above includes a memory and a processor, and the memory is used to store a program, and the program is called by the processor to execute the method in the above method embodiment. The processor here may be an integrated circuit with signal processing capability, such as a CPU. Or the functions of the above units may be realized by one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods. For example: one or more ASICs, or, one or more microprocessors DSP, or, one or more FPGAs, etc., or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms. Or, the above implementations can be combined.
本领域内的技术人员应明白,本申请的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此,本申请可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且,本申请可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器、CD-ROM、光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。Those skilled in the art should understand that the embodiments of the present application can be provided as methods, systems, or computer program products. Therefore, this application may adopt the form of a complete hardware embodiment, a complete software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware. Moreover, this application may adopt the form of a computer program product implemented on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) containing computer-usable program codes.
本申请是参照根据本申请的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。This application is described with reference to flowcharts and/or block diagrams of methods, equipment (systems), and computer program products according to this application. It should be understood that each process and/or block in the flowchart and/or block diagram, and the combination of processes and/or blocks in the flowchart and/or block diagram can be realized by computer program instructions. These computer program instructions can be provided to the processor of a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, an embedded processor, or other programmable data processing equipment to generate a machine, so that the instructions executed by the processor of the computer or other programmable data processing equipment are generated It is a device that realizes the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中,使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品,该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。These computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer-readable memory that can guide a computer or other programmable data processing equipment to work in a specific manner, so that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture including the instruction device. The device implements the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These computer program instructions can also be loaded on a computer or other programmable data processing equipment, so that a series of operation steps are executed on the computer or other programmable equipment to produce computer-implemented processing, so as to execute on the computer or other programmable equipment. The instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the application without departing from the spirit and scope of the application. In this way, if these modifications and variations of this application fall within the scope of the claims of this application and their equivalent technologies, then this application is also intended to include these modifications and variations.

Claims (44)

  1. 一种数据传输方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A data transmission method, characterized in that the method includes:
    通信装置接收第一数据包;The communication device receives the first data packet;
    所述通信装置确定所述第一数据包传输错误;The communication device determines that the transmission of the first data packet is incorrect;
    所述通信装置对所述第一数据包执行错误递交。The communication device performs error delivery on the first data packet.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述通信装置确定所述第一数据包传输错误,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the determining by the communication device that the transmission of the first data packet is incorrect comprises:
    所述通信装置确定所述第一数据包的循环冗余校验CRC校验失败;和/或,The communication device determines that the cyclic redundancy check CRC check of the first data packet has failed; and/or,
    所述通信装置确定所述第一数据包译码失败。The communication device determines that the decoding of the first data packet fails.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述通信装置位于网络设备。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the communication device is located in a network device.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述通信装置发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示第一资源承载的数据支持错误递交;The communication device sends first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the data carried by the first resource supports error delivery;
    其中,所述第一数据包承载于所述第一资源。Wherein, the first data packet is carried on the first resource.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述通信装置发送第一指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 4, wherein the communication device sending the first indication information comprises:
    所述通信装置发送上行授权,所述上行授权用于指示所述第一资源,所述上行授权携带所述第一指示信息;或者,The communication device sends an uplink grant, the uplink grant is used to indicate the first resource, and the uplink grant carries the first indication information; or,
    所述通信装置发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置所述第一资源,所述第一配置信息携带所述第一指示信息;或者,The communication device sends first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure the first resource, and the first configuration information carries the first indication information; or,
    所述通信装置发送控制信息,所述控制信息用于激活所述第一资源,所述控制信息携带所述第一指示信息。The communication device sends control information, the control information is used to activate the first resource, and the control information carries the first indication information.
  6. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述通信装置接收第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一数据包支持错误递交。The communication device receives second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the first data packet supports error delivery.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一数据包和所述第二指示信息承载于所述通信装置分配的第一资源。The method according to claim 6, wherein the first data packet and the second indication information are carried in a first resource allocated by the communication device.
  8. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述通信装置位于终端设备。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the communication device is located in a terminal device.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一数据包承载于第二资源;The method according to claim 8, wherein the first data packet is carried on a second resource;
    所述方法还包括:所述通信装置接收第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第二资源承载的数据支持错误递交。The method further includes: the communication device receiving third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the data carried by the second resource supports error delivery.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述通信装置接收第三指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 9, wherein the receiving of the third indication information by the communication device comprises:
    所述通信装置接收第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息用于调度所述第二资源,所述第一控制信息携带所述第三指示信息;或者,The communication device receives first control information, where the first control information is used to schedule the second resource, and the first control information carries the third indication information; or,
    所述通信装置接收第二控制信息,所述第二控制信息用于激活所述第二资源,所述第二控制信息携带所述第三指示信息;或者,The communication device receives second control information, where the second control information is used to activate the second resource, and the second control information carries the third indication information; or,
    所述通信装置接收第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于配置所述第二资源,所述第二配置信息携带所述第三指示信息。The communication device receives second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to configure the second resource, and the second configuration information carries the third indication information.
  11. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一数据包承载于第二资源;The method according to claim 8, wherein the first data packet is carried on a second resource;
    所述方法还包括:The method also includes:
    所述通信装置根据预设控制资源集合和/或预设搜索空间接收第三控制信息,所述第三控制信息用于调度所述第二资源;所述预设控制资源集合和/或预设搜索空间承载的第三控制信息所调度的资源承载的数据支持错误递交;或者,The communication device receives third control information according to a preset control resource set and/or a preset search space, where the third control information is used to schedule the second resource; the preset control resource set and/or preset The data carried by the resource scheduled by the third control information carried by the search space supports error delivery; or,
    所述通信装置在物理下行控制信道接收第三控制信息,所述第三控制信息用于调度所述第二资源;所述物理下行控制信道通过预设无线网络临时标识RNTI加扰,所述预设RNTI指示所述物理下行控制信道承载的所述第三控制信息所调度的资源承载的数据支持错误递交。The communication device receives third control information on a physical downlink control channel, where the third control information is used to schedule the second resource; the physical downlink control channel is scrambled by a preset radio network temporary identifier RNTI, and the preset It is assumed that the RNTI indicates that the data carried by the resource scheduled by the third control information carried by the physical downlink control channel supports error delivery.
  12. 根据权利要求8至11中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 8 to 11, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述通信装置接收第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息用于为所述通信装置配置错误递交功能。The communication device receives third configuration information, and the third configuration information is used to configure an error delivery function for the communication device.
  13. 根据权利要求1至12中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述通信装置对所述第一数据包执行错误递交,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein the error delivery of the first data packet by the communication device comprises:
    所述通信装置的混合自动重传请求HARQ实体将所述第一数据包和第四指示信息递交给解复用实体,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述第一数据包传输错误。The hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ entity of the communication device delivers the first data packet and fourth indication information to a demultiplexing entity, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate a transmission error of the first data packet.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述第一数据包的译码正确率。The method according to claim 13, wherein the fourth indication information is used to indicate the decoding accuracy of the first data packet.
  15. 根据权利要求13或14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述通信装置的HARQ实体将所述第一数据包和第四指示信息递交给解复用实体之前,还包括以下至少一项:The method according to claim 13 or 14, wherein before the HARQ entity of the communication device submits the first data packet and the fourth indication information to the demultiplexing entity, the method further includes at least one of the following:
    所述通信装置的HARQ实体确定所述第一数据包的译码正确率大于第一阈值;Determining, by the HARQ entity of the communication device, that the decoding accuracy rate of the first data packet is greater than a first threshold;
    所述通信装置的HARQ实体确定所述第一数据包的重传次数大于第二阈值;The HARQ entity of the communication device determines that the number of retransmissions of the first data packet is greater than a second threshold;
    所述通信装置的HARQ实体确定所述第一数据包对应的定时器超时。The HARQ entity of the communication device determines that the timer corresponding to the first data packet has expired.
  16. 根据权利要求13至15中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 13 to 15, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述通信装置的HARQ实体若接收到所述第一数据包的重传数据包,则向所述解复用实体递交所述重传数据包。If the HARQ entity of the communication device receives the retransmitted data packet of the first data packet, it delivers the retransmitted data packet to the demultiplexing entity.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述通信装置的HARQ实体向所述解复用实体递交所述重传数据包之前,还包括:The method according to claim 16, wherein before the HARQ entity of the communication device submits the retransmission data packet to the demultiplexing entity, the method further comprises:
    所述通信装置的HARQ实体确定所述重传数据包传输正确。The HARQ entity of the communication device determines that the retransmission data packet is correctly transmitted.
  18. 根据权利要求13至17中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 13 to 17, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述通信装置的HARQ实体针对所述第一数据包反馈确认回答ACK。The HARQ entity of the communication device feeds back an acknowledgement reply ACK for the first data packet.
  19. 根据权利要求1至18中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述通信装置对所述第一数据包执行错误递交,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 18, wherein the error delivery of the first data packet by the communication device comprises:
    所述通信装置的解复用实体将所述第一数据包和第五指示信息递交给无线链路控制RLC层实体,所述第五指示信息用于指示所述第一数据包传输错误。The demultiplexing entity of the communication device delivers the first data packet and fifth indication information to a radio link control RLC layer entity, and the fifth indication information is used to indicate a transmission error of the first data packet.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述通信装置的解复用实体将所述第一数据包递交给RLC层实体之前,还包括以下至少一项:The method according to claim 19, wherein before the demultiplexing entity of the communication device delivers the first data packet to the RLC layer entity, the method further comprises at least one of the following:
    所述通信装置的解复用实体从所述第一数据包中解析得到逻辑信道标识;The demultiplexing entity of the communication device parses the first data packet to obtain a logical channel identifier;
    所述通信装置的解复用实体从所述第一数据包中解析得到逻辑信道标识,且所述逻辑信道标识所对应的逻辑信道均支持错误递交;The demultiplexing entity of the communication device parses the first data packet to obtain a logical channel identifier, and all logical channels corresponding to the logical channel identifier support error delivery;
    所述通信装置的解复用实体确定未向所述RLC层实体递交过所述第一数据包;The demultiplexing entity of the communication device determines that the first data packet has not been delivered to the RLC layer entity;
    所述通信装置的解复用实体确定所述第一数据包的译码正确率大于第三阈值。The demultiplexing entity of the communication device determines that the decoding accuracy rate of the first data packet is greater than a third threshold.
  21. 根据权利要求1至20中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 20, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述通信装置的解复用实体若确定所述第一数据包中包括媒体接入控制MAC控制元素CE,则应用所述MAC CE。If the demultiplexing entity of the communication device determines that the media access control MAC control element CE is included in the first data packet, the MAC CE is applied.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述通信装置的解复用实体执行所述MAC CE指示的行为之前,还包括以下至少一项:The method according to claim 21, wherein before the demultiplexing entity of the communication device performs the behavior indicated by the MAC CE, the method further comprises at least one of the following:
    所述通信装置的解复用实体从所述第一数据包中解析得到逻辑信道标识;The demultiplexing entity of the communication device parses the first data packet to obtain a logical channel identifier;
    所述通信装置的解复用实体确定是首次收到所述第一数据包;Determining that the demultiplexing entity of the communication device receives the first data packet for the first time;
    所述通信装置的解复用实体确定所述第一数据包的译码正确率大于第四阈值。The demultiplexing entity of the communication device determines that the decoding accuracy rate of the first data packet is greater than a fourth threshold.
  23. 根据权利要求19至22中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 19-22, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述通信装置的RLC层实体若确定首次收到所述第一数据包,则移动RLC序列号SN的窗口。If the RLC layer entity of the communication device determines that the first data packet is received for the first time, it moves the window of the RLC sequence number SN.
  24. 一种数据传输方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A data transmission method, characterized in that the method includes:
    通信装置组建第一数据包,所述第一数据包支持错误递交;The communication device forms a first data packet, and the first data packet supports error delivery;
    所述通信装置发送第一数据包。The communication device sends the first data packet.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一数据包支持错误递交,包括以下至少一项:The method according to claim 24, wherein the first data packet supports error delivery and includes at least one of the following:
    所述第一数据包所属的业务支持错误递交;The service support to which the first data packet belongs is submitted incorrectly;
    传输所述第一数据包的小区支持错误递交;The cell transmitting the first data packet supports error delivery;
    所述第一数据包中包括来自至少一个逻辑信道的数据,所述至少一个逻辑信道中部分或全部支持错误递交。The first data packet includes data from at least one logical channel, and part or all of the at least one logical channel supports error delivery.
  26. 根据权利要求24或25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述通信装置位于终端设备。The method according to claim 24 or 25, wherein the communication device is located in a terminal device.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:所述通信装置接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一资源承载的数据支持错误递交;The method according to claim 26, further comprising: the communication device receiving first indication information, the first indication information being used to indicate that the data carried by the first resource supports error delivery;
    所述通信装置发送第一数据包,包括:所述通信装置在所述第一资源上发送所述第一数据包。The sending of the first data packet by the communication device includes: the communication device sending the first data packet on the first resource.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的方法,其特征在于,所述通信装置接收第一指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 27, wherein the receiving of the first indication information by the communication device comprises:
    所述通信装置接收上行授权,所述上行授权用于指示所述第一资源,所述上行授权携带所述第一指示信息;或者,The communication device receives an uplink grant, the uplink grant is used to indicate the first resource, and the uplink grant carries the first indication information; or,
    所述通信装置接收第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置所述第一资源,所述第一配置信息携带所述第一指示信息;或者,The communication device receives first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure the first resource, and the first configuration information carries the first indication information; or,
    所述通信装置接收控制信息,所述控制信息用于激活所述第一资源,所述控制信息携带所述第一指示信息。The communication device receives control information, the control information is used to activate the first resource, and the control information carries the first indication information.
  29. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 26, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述通信装置发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一数据包支持错误递交。The communication device sends second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the first data packet supports error delivery.
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一数据包支持错误递交,包括:The method according to claim 29, wherein the second indication information is used to indicate that the first data packet supports error delivery, comprising:
    所述第二指示信息用于指示在所述第一数据包符合以下至少一项时,所述第一数据包支持错误递交:The second indication information is used to indicate that the first data packet supports error delivery when the first data packet meets at least one of the following:
    所述第一数据包的译码正确率大于第一阈值;The decoding accuracy rate of the first data packet is greater than a first threshold;
    所述第一数据包的重传次数大于第二阈值;The number of retransmissions of the first data packet is greater than a second threshold;
    所述第一数据包对应的定时器超时。The timer corresponding to the first data packet expires.
  31. 根据权利要求29或30所述的方法,其特征在于,所述通信装置发送所述第一数据包和所述第二指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 29 or 30, wherein the sending of the first data packet and the second indication information by the communication device comprises:
    所述通信装置在第一资源上发送所述第一数据包和所述第二指示信息。The communication device sends the first data packet and the second indication information on the first resource.
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的方法,其特征在于,所述通信装置在第一资源上发送所述第一数据包和所述第二指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 31, wherein the sending of the first data packet and the second indication information by the communication device on a first resource comprises:
    所述通信装置对所述第一数据包进行打孔,并在所述第一资源上发送打孔后的第一数据包和所述第二指示信息;或者,The communication device punctures the first data packet, and sends the punctured first data packet and the second indication information on the first resource; or,
    所述通信装置对所述第一数据包和所述第二指示信息进行联合编码,并在所述第一资源上发送联合编码后的信息。The communication device performs joint coding on the first data packet and the second indication information, and sends the joint coding information on the first resource.
  33. 根据权利要求26至32中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 26 to 32, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述通信装置接收第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示一个或多个逻辑信道是否支持错误递交。The communication device receives second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to indicate whether one or more logical channels support error delivery.
  34. 根据权利要求24或25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述通信装置位于网络设备。The method according to claim 24 or 25, wherein the communication device is located in a network device.
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一数据包承载于第二资源;The method according to claim 34, wherein the first data packet is carried on a second resource;
    所述方法还包括:The method also includes:
    所述通信装置发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第二资源承载的数据支持错误递交。The communication device sends third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the data carried by the second resource supports error delivery.
  36. 根据权利要求34或35所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 34 or 35, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收来自集中单元CU的第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示一个或多个逻辑信道是否支持错误递交。Receive fourth indication information from the centralized unit CU, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate whether one or more logical channels support error delivery.
  37. 根据权利要求24至36中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述通信装置发送第一数据包,包括:The method according to any one of claims 24 to 36, wherein the communication device sending the first data packet comprises:
    所述通信装置的MAC层实体将所述第一数据包和第五指示信息递交给物理层实体,所述第五指示信息用于指示所述第一数据包的业务数据适配SDAP头、分组数据汇聚层协议PDCP头、RLC头、MAC头中的至少一项在所述第一数据包中的位置;The MAC layer entity of the communication device delivers the first data packet and fifth indication information to the physical layer entity, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the service data of the first data packet adapts to the SDAP header and packet The position of at least one of the data convergence layer protocol PDCP header, RLC header, and MAC header in the first data packet;
    所述通信装置的物理层实体根据所述第五指示信息,发送所述第一数据包。The physical layer entity of the communication device sends the first data packet according to the fifth instruction information.
  38. 根据权利要求24至37中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一数据包包括一个PDCP服务数据单元SDU或一个PDCP SDU片段。The method according to any one of claims 24 to 37, wherein the first data packet includes a PDCP service data unit SDU or a PDCP SDU segment.
  39. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,所述通信系统包括网络设备和核心网设备,其中,所述网络设备用于执行上述权利要求1至7、13至25、34至38中任一项所述的方法。A communication system, characterized in that the communication system includes a network device and a core network device, wherein the network device is used to execute any one of claims 1 to 7, 13 to 25, and 34 to 38. Methods.
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的通信系统,其特征在于,所述核心网设备用于,向网络设备发送一个或多个业务的业务信息;The communication system according to claim 39, wherein the core network device is configured to send service information of one or more services to the network device;
    其中,所述一个或多个业务中包括第一业务,所述第一业务的业务信息包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the one or more services include a first service, and the service information of the first service includes at least one of the following:
    所述第一业务的时延预算;The delay budget of the first service;
    第一业务的错误递交指示,所述第一业务的错误递交指示用于指示所述第一业务是否支持错误递交;An error delivery instruction of the first service, where the error delivery instruction of the first service is used to indicate whether the first service supports error delivery;
    所述第一业务所对应的一个或多个数据流的错误递交指示,所述数据流的错误递交指示用于指示所述数据流是否支持错误递交。An error delivery instruction of one or more data streams corresponding to the first service, and the error delivery instruction of the data stream is used to indicate whether the data stream supports error delivery.
  41. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括用于执行如权利要求1至38中任一项所述的方法的各步骤的单元。A communication device, characterized by comprising a unit for executing each step of the method according to any one of claims 1 to 38.
  42. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括至少一个处理器和接口电路,其中,所述至少一个处理器用于通过所述接口电路与其它装置通信,并执行如权利要求1至38中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, which is characterized by comprising at least one processor and an interface circuit, wherein the at least one processor is used to communicate with other devices through the interface circuit, and executes as described in any one of claims 1 to 38. The method described.
  43. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器,用于调用存储器中存储的程序,以执行如权利要求1至38中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized by comprising a processor, configured to call a program stored in a memory to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 38.
  44. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括程序,当所述程序被处理器运行时,如权利要求1至38中任一项所述的方法被执行。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized by comprising a program, and when the program is executed by a processor, the method according to any one of claims 1 to 38 is executed.
PCT/CN2019/130917 2019-12-31 2019-12-31 Data transmission method and apparatus WO2021134680A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201980103359.2A CN114902637B (en) 2019-12-31 2019-12-31 Data transmission method and device
PCT/CN2019/130917 WO2021134680A1 (en) 2019-12-31 2019-12-31 Data transmission method and apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2019/130917 WO2021134680A1 (en) 2019-12-31 2019-12-31 Data transmission method and apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021134680A1 true WO2021134680A1 (en) 2021-07-08

Family

ID=76686145

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/130917 WO2021134680A1 (en) 2019-12-31 2019-12-31 Data transmission method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN114902637B (en)
WO (1) WO2021134680A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101064665A (en) * 2006-04-27 2007-10-31 上海无线通信研究中心 Service quality based HARQ method
US7761687B2 (en) * 2007-06-26 2010-07-20 International Business Machines Corporation Ultrascalable petaflop parallel supercomputer
CN108260222A (en) * 2016-12-29 2018-07-06 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 A kind of method and apparatus of ascending resource scheduling
CN108307519A (en) * 2016-09-30 2018-07-20 华为技术有限公司 Method for message transmission, equipment and system
CN110234124A (en) * 2019-04-19 2019-09-13 维沃移动通信(深圳)有限公司 Information transferring method and terminal device

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102655448B (en) * 2011-03-03 2014-07-16 工业和信息化部电信传输研究所 Data transmission method for medium access control layer of long-term evolution system
CN109756468B (en) * 2017-11-07 2021-08-17 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Data packet repairing method, base station and computer readable storage medium

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101064665A (en) * 2006-04-27 2007-10-31 上海无线通信研究中心 Service quality based HARQ method
US7761687B2 (en) * 2007-06-26 2010-07-20 International Business Machines Corporation Ultrascalable petaflop parallel supercomputer
CN108307519A (en) * 2016-09-30 2018-07-20 华为技术有限公司 Method for message transmission, equipment and system
CN108260222A (en) * 2016-12-29 2018-07-06 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 A kind of method and apparatus of ascending resource scheduling
CN110234124A (en) * 2019-04-19 2019-09-13 维沃移动通信(深圳)有限公司 Information transferring method and terminal device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114902637A (en) 2022-08-12
CN114902637B (en) 2024-05-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2017024539A1 (en) Uplink control information transmission method and apparatus
TWI735303B (en) Methods for transmitting and receiving downlink feedback information
US9019848B2 (en) Method of maintaining a quality of service (QOS) in a wireless communication system
CN110351020B (en) Method, device and system for transmitting data
US20120033606A1 (en) Method of effectivey using radio resource in relay node of a wireless communication system
CN111865508B (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2013017096A1 (en) Method, base station and user equipment for transmitting scheduling information
CN110621075B (en) Method and device for transmitting data
WO2020151637A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN108307519B (en) Message transmission method, device and system
WO2021170136A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2015039416A1 (en) Method, user equipment, and base station for transmission of hybrid automatic repeat request-acknowledgement
WO2021238676A1 (en) Data transmission method and device
WO2020143731A1 (en) Method for transmitting data, communication device and network device
US20220377781A1 (en) Method, apparatus, computer program product and computer program
WO2021088991A1 (en) Method for processing hybrid automatic repeat request, and communication apparatus
WO2021160101A1 (en) Data transmission method, apparatus, and system
CN114342535B (en) Method and device for transmitting and receiving uplink signals
WO2021134680A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
CN113939019A (en) Communication method and communication device
TW202143772A (en) Methods and communications devices
CN116711247A (en) Data transmission method and communication device
WO2024032274A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining harq process identifier
WO2022151964A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
WO2022077511A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19958587

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19958587

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1